FCC ID: UZ7AP6 Access Point Radio Module 6

 

M AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. Sym-

bol is a registered trademark of Symbol Technologies, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. Motorola, Inc. 2012. All rights reserved. Table of Contents 1.0 Introduction . 1 1.1 Document Conventions . 1 1.2 Warnings . 1 1.3 Site Preparation . 2 1.4 Package Contents . 2 1.5 Features . 2 2.0 Hardware Installation . 4 2.1 Installation Instructions . 4 2.2 Precautions . 4 2.3 Access Point Placement . 5 2.4 Power Injector System. 5 2.5 Wall Mount Installation. 6 2.6 Telco Box Installation . 9 2.7 AP-6511 Antennas . 14 2.8 LED Indicators . 14 3.0 Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration . 15 4.0 Specifications. 33 4.1 Electrical Characteristics . 33 4.2 Physical Characteristics . 33 4.3 Radio Characteristics . 34 5.0 Regulatory Information . 35 6.0 Motorolas Enterprise Mobility Support Center . 46 Introduction 1 1 Introduction The AP-6511 Access Point, a component of MotorolaSolutions Wireless Controller System, links wireless 802.11a/b/g/n devices to the controller, enabling the growth of your wireless network with a cost-effective alternative to standard access points. The AP-6511 is an enterprise class 802.11n access point, installed in minutes anywhere a CAT-5 (or better) cable is located. The AP-6511s mechanical design is optimized for installation over a standard CAT-5 (or better) wall jack. The AP does not protrude into the wall cavity, allowing for an efficient heat transfer and a universal installation over a standard Telco wiring plate. The AP-6511s modular design allows the end-user to add switched Ethernet ports as-needed, and attach a standard keystone or Leviton QuickPort modular connector to the wall plate. The AP-6511 access point ships with a single dual-band radio supporting the 802.11a/b/g/n radio bands. The AP6511 receives all power and transfers data through the same CAT-5 or better Ethernet cable. There is no additional power supply required. An 802.3af PoE Ethernet switch or mid span power injector is required. The AP-6511 can be ordered for US deployment (AP-6511-60010-US) or ordered for deployment outside of the US (AP-6511-60010-WR). 1.1 Document Conventions The following graphical alerts are used in this document to indicate notable situations:

NOTE Tips, hints, or special requirements that you should take note of.

CAUTION Care is required. Disregarding a caution can result in data loss or equipment malfunction. WARNING!

Indicates a condition or procedure that could result in personal injury or equipment damage. 1.2 Warnings

Read all installation instructions and site survey reports, and verify correct equipment installation before connecting the AP-6511 access point. 2 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide

Verify any device connected to this unit is properly wired and grounded. Verify there is adequate ventilation around the device, and ambient temperatures meet equipment operation specifications. 1.3 Site Preparation

Consult your site survey and network analysis reports to determine specific equipment placement, power drops etc. Assign installation responsibility to the appropriate personnel. Identify and document where all installed components are located. Ensure adequate, dust-free ventilation to all installed equipment. Prepare Ethernet port connections. Verify cabling is within the maximum 100 meter allowable length.

1.4 AP-6511 Package Contents The AP-6511 model access point ships with internal (integrated) antennas. AP-6511 Access Point

Mounting plate (used for both wall mount and Telco Box installations)

Mounting plate lock screw

AP-6511 Installation Guide (This Guide) RJ-45 double plug interconnect cable Fast Ethernet port 1 interconnect cable 1.5 Features

One RJ-45 PoE Ethernet port (built into the AP-6511 access point) Optional second RJ-45 Ethernet port utilizing a pass through (keystone) cable (included) Optional three port Ethernet expansion module (sold separately) 2 LED indicators The pass through (keystone) cable provides an option to add a second Ethernet port before installing the AP-6511. The AP-6511 has one RJ-45 connector supporting an 10/100 Ethernet port and requires 802.3af compliant power from an external source. The AP-6511 ships with a single dual-band radio supporting the 802.11a/b/g/n radio bands. Introduction 3 The access point contains runtime firmware which enables the unit to boot after either a power up or a watchdog reset. The runtime firmware on the access point can be updated via the Ethernet interface. The front of the AP-6511 has an access cover that can be removed to expose an additional connector. A three port RJ-45 Ethernet expansion module connects to the hidden header and snaps onto the AP-6511 in place of the access cover. Remove the AP-6511s access cover by inserting a long pointed tool into the circular hole (opening) on the bottom of the AP-6511. Pull the access cover up and away from the AP-6511. Reverse the procedure to install the expansion module. The Ethernet expansion module has three ports labeled FE2, FE3 and FE4. The expansion module (KT-6511-0000D-WR) is a separately orderable component from Motorola Solutions. 4 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 2 Hardware Installation 2.1 Installation Instructions An AP-6511 access point mounts either on a wall, under a table or over a Telco Box. The AP-6511 is not plenum rated. NOTE The provided metal mounting plate is fastened to an existing standard Telco in-wall box. The box is customer provided within the customer building structure, and can be either plastic or metal in composition. Screws and other mounting hardware are not included. The AP-6511 is mounted to a wall or Telco Box so the mounting plate is flush with the mounting surface. The AP-6511 snaps on to the mounting plate without the use of tools or fastening hardware. Removal of the AP-6511 from the mounting plate can be accomplished without the use of a tool. A mounting lock screw is provided to help ensure a tamper resistant installation. NOTE Once installed onto the mounting plate, the assembly can resist a minimum of 10 lbs of force before unit breakage or accidental disassembly. To prepare for an AP-6511 installation, perform the following:

1. Verify the contents of the box includes the intended AP-6511 access point model and accessory hardware. 2. Review site survey and network analysis reports to determine the location and mounting position for the AP-6511 access point. 3. Connect a CAT-5 or better Ethernet cable to a PoE compatible device and run the cable to the installation site. Ensure there is sufficient cable slack to perform the installation steps. 2.2 Precautions Before installing an AP-6511 access point:

Verify the intended AP-6511 deployment location is not prone to moisture or dust.

Verify the environment has a continuous temperature range between 0 C to 40 C. Hardware Installation 5 2.3 Access Point Placement For optimal performance, install the access point away from transformers, heavy-duty motors, fluorescent lights, microwave ovens, refrigerators and other industrial equipment. Signal loss can occur when metal, concrete, walls or floors block transmission. Install the access point in an open area or add access points as needed to improve coverage. To maximize the access points radio coverage area, Motorola Solutions recommends conducting a site survey to define and document radio interference obstacles before installing the access point. 2.4 Power Injector System When users purchase a WLAN solution, they often need to place access points in obscure locations. In the past, a dedicated power source was required for each access point in addition to the Ethernet infrastructure. This often required an electrical contractor to install power drops at each access point location. The Power Injector merges power and Ethernet into one cable, reducing the burden of installation and allowing optimal access point placement in respect to the intended coverage area. A Motorola Solutions Power Injector (AP-PSBIAS-2P2-AFR) is recommended as the 802.3af compatible power supply for the AP-6511. The Power Injector is capable of providing 12.95 Watts up to 100 meters. The Power Injector is separately ordered and not shipped with the AP-6511. A separate Power Injector is required for each access point comprising the network. The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Injector receives power and is ready for device connection and operation as soon as AC power is applied. Refer to the Installation Guide shipped with the Power Injector for a description of the devices LEDs.The Power Injector can be installed free standing, on an even horizontal surface or wall mounted using the Power Injectors wall mounting key holes. The following guidelines should be adhered to before cabling the Power Injector to an Ethernet source and an access point:

Do not block or cover airflow to the Power Injector.

Keep the Power Injector away from excessive heat, humidity, vibration and dust.

The Power Injector isnt a repeater, and does not amplify the Ethernet signal. For optimal performance, ensure the Power Injector is placed as close as possible to the Ethernet switch. This will allow the AP-6511 to be deployed away from power drops. 6 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide

Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and AP-6511 access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft).

CAUTION To avoid problematic performance and restarts, disable POE from a wired controller port connected to an access point if mid-span power sourcing equipment (PSE) is used between the two, regardless of the manufacturer. CAUTION Ensure AC power is supplied to the Power Injector using an AC cable with an appropriate ground connection approved for the country of operation. 2.5 Wall Mount Installation To support wall mount installations, the metal mounting plate (provided with the AP-6511) is fastened to a flat wall surface. The wall should be of gypsum board, plaster, wood or concrete in composition. NOTE Motorola Solutions recommends the following customer supplied mounting accessories an AP-6511 wall mount installation:

2, screws, #6 x 2.00 inch pan head 2, wall anchors suitable for the #6 screws To install an AP-6511 model access point to a wall surface:

1. Attach the metal mounting plate (shipped with the AP-6511) to a wall surface at the desired deployment location. Hardware Installation 7 The screws used to mount the bracket are customer provided and should be #6, with a 2.00 inch length. 2. Connect one end of an RJ-45 cable into the wall mount connector on the AP-6511 as illustrated below. 8 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 3. If using the optional second RJ-45 Ethernet port (utilizing a pass through keystone cable), ensure the following steps are completed:

a. Bend the cable into a U shape so the mini pin connector and the RJ-45 keystone cable b. are in close proximity to one another. Install the mini pin connector into the pin socket on the back of the AP-6511. The connector is keyed and can only be installed one way. Ensure the mini pin connector is connected securely. c. Remove the blank plug from the keystone hole by gently pushing it out from the back. d. Orient the RJ-45 keystone connector so the flexible keystone tab is away from the mini pin connector. Tip the keystone RJ-45 while installing in the keystone opening so the solid locking tabs engage, then rotate the RJ-45 forward until the tab snaps securely. 4. Snap the AP-6511 on to the mounted wall plate. Use the locking screw to secure the unit. This connection does not require the use of tools or fastening hardware. Once installed, connections are hidden from forward view, with only the physical infrastructure cables (Ethernet and power) extending from the AP-6511. Hardware Installation 9 5. Cable the access point using a Power Injector solution (AP-PSBIAS-2P2-AFR) as described in the following:

a. Connect an RJ-45 CAT5 Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the Power Injectors Data In connector. b. Connect an RJ-45 CAT5 Ethernet cable between the Power Injectors Data & Power Out connector and the AP-6511 access point. c. Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Power Injector receives power as soon as AC power is applied. For more information, see Power Injector System on page 5. 6. Verify the behavior of the AP-6511 access point LEDs. For more information, see LED 7. Indicators on page 14. The AP-6511 is ready to configure. For information on basic access point device configuration, see Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration on page 15. 2.6 Telco Box Installation For Telco Box installations, the AP-6511 is installed directly over the standard wall plate supplying Ethernet. All cabled electrical connections are mode within a recessed well in the housing of the AP-6511 access point. To install the AP-6511 access point over a Telco Box:

10 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 1. Remove the cover of the CAT5 wall plate. NOTE The example above assumes the Telco Box has a 1 RJ11 phonejack and 1 RJ-45 10/100 Ethernet connection. 2. Snap out keystone connectors from existing plate. Hardware Installation 11 3. Gently pull some cable out of the wall so it can be used with the AP-6511 access point. 4. Attach the metal mounting plate (shipped with the AP-6511) to an existing standard Telco in-wall box. The screws used to mount the bracket to the Telco Box are customer provided. You can use the same screws that covered the existing wall plate if necessary. Mount the bracket to the wall so the Telco Box is ready available behind the mounting plate. 5. Remove the blank plug before installing the RJ11 into the snap-in port. 12 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 6. Install the RJ11 (keystone style) connector into the AP-6511s snap-in port. To PBX RJ45 connector 7. If using the optional second RJ-45 Ethernet port (utilizing a pass through keystone cable), ensure the following steps are completed:

a. Bend the cable into a U shape so the mini pin connector and the RJ-45 keystone cable b. are in close proximity to one another. Install the mini pin connector into the pin socket on the back of the AP-6511. The connector is keyed and can only be installed one way. Ensure the mini pin connector is connected securely. c. Remove the blank plug from the keystone hole by gently pushing it out from the back. d. Orient the RJ-45 keystone connector so the flexible keystone tab is away from the mini pin connector. Tip the keystone RJ-45 while installing in the keystone opening so the solid locking tabs engage, then rotate the RJ-45 forward until the tab snaps securely. Install the RJ-45 double plug uplink jumper into the UP1/POE jack and connect it into the RJ-45 Ethernet connector. 8. Hardware Installation 13 9. Snap the AP-6511 on to the mounted wall plate and secure the AP-6511 using the mounting plate lock screw. This connection does not require the use of tools or fastening hardware. Once installed, no cables extend from the AP-6511 since they are hidden from view within the Telco Box. 10. Cable the access point using a Power Injector solution (AP-PSBIAS-2P2-AFR) as described in the following:

a. Connect an RJ-45 CAT5 Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the Power Injectors Data In connector. b. Connect an RJ-45 CAT5 Ethernet cable between the Power Injectors Data & Power Out connector and the AP-6511 access point. c. Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Power Injector receives power as soon as AC power is applied. For more information, see Power Injector System on page 5. 11. Verify the behavior of the AP-6511 access point LEDs. For more information, see LED Indicators on page 14. 12. The AP-6511 is ready to configure. For information on basic access point device configuration, see Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration on page 15. 14 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 2.7 AP-6511 Antennas The AP-6511 model access point contains two internal (embedded) dual-band antennas supporting both the 802.11bgn (2.4 GHz) and 802.11an (5.0 GHz) bands. No customer assembly or antenna orientation is required. The AP-6511 radio can transmit on one or two antennas depending on the operating modes. The radio can receive on one or two antennas as well. The data rates supported are different in each case. 2.8 LED Indicators An AP-6511 model access point has two LED activity indicators on the front of the unit. The LEDs provide a status display indicating error conditions, transmission, and network activity for the 5 GHz 802.11a/n (amber) radio or the 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n (green) radio. Task Unadopted Normal Operation Firmware Update Locate AP Mode 5 GHz Activity LED (Amber) 2.4 GHz Activity LED (Green) Off

If this radio band is enabled:

Blink at 5 second interval

If this radio band is disabled:

Off Blinking 5 times per second

If this radio band is enabled:

Blink at 5 second interval

If this radio band is disabled:

Off

If there is activity on this band:

If there is activity on this band:

Blink at a 1Hz On Blink at a 1Hz Off Blink at 5Hz

(Out of Phase with Activity LED) Blink at 5Hz

(Out of Phase with Activity LED) Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 15 3 Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration Once the access point is installed and powered on, complete the following steps to get the device up and running using the Initial Setup Wizard and access the AP-6511s management functions:

1. Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the PoE port on the back of the AP-6511. Connect the other end to a computer with a functional Web browser. Use a power injector as needed to consolidate power and Ethernet in one cable (for more information, see Power Injector System on page 5). If your host system is a DHCP server, an IP address is automatically assigned to the AP-6511 and can be used for device connection. However, if a DHCP server is not available, youll need to derive the IP address from the AP-6511 MAC address. Using this method, the last two bytes of the AP-6511 MAC address become the last two octets of the IP address. AP-6511 MAC address - 00:C0:23:00:F0:0A AP-6511 IP address equivalent - 169.254.240.10 To derive the AP-6511s IP address using its factory assigned MAC address:

a. Open the Windows calculator be selecting Start > All Programs > Accessories >

Calculator. This menu path may vary slightly depending on your version of Windows. b. With the Calculator displayed, select View > Scientific. Select the Hex radio button. c. Enter a hex byte of the AP-6511s MAC address. For example, F0. d. Select the Dec radio button. The calculator converts F0 into 240. Repeat this process for the last AP-6511 MAC address octet. 2. Point the Web browser to the AP-6511s IP address. The following login screen displays. 16 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide Enter the default username admin in the Username field. 3. Enter the default password motorola in the Password field. 4. 5. Click the Login button to load the management interface. NOTE When logging in for the first time, youre prompted to change the password to enhance device security in subsequent logins. NOTE If you get disconnected when running the wizard, you can connect again with the access points actual IP address (once obtained) and resume the wizard. 6. Select the Start Wizard button to run the initial setup wizard. The setup wizard displays the first time the AP-6511 user interface is accessed in order to define the AP-6511s configuration. 7. If this is the first time the management interface has been accessed, a dialogue displays to start the wizard. Select Start Wizard to run the wizard. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 17 The first page of the Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Navigation Panel and Introduction for the configuration activities comprising the access point's initial setup A green checkmark to the left of an item in the Navigation Panel defines the listed task as having its minimum required configuration parameters set correctly. A red X defines the task as still requiring at least one parameter be defined correctly. 18 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide The Introduction screen displays a list of the basic configuration activities supported by the Initial Setup Wizard. 8. Select Save/Commit within each page to save the updates made to that page's configuration. Select Next to proceed to the next page listed in the Navigation Panel. Select Back to revert to the previous screen in the Navigation Panel without saving your updates. NOTE While you can navigate to any page in the navigation panel, you cannot complete the Initial AP Setup Wizard until each task in the Navigation Panel has a green checkmark. 9. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Access Point Type screen to define the access point's Standalone versus Virtual Controller AP functionality and the way the access point is adopted to a controller. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 19 10. Select an Access Point Type from the following options:

Virtual Controller AP - When more than one access point is deployed, a single access point can function as a Virtual Controller AP. Up to 24 access points can be connected to, and managed by, a single Virtual Controller AP of the same AP-6511 model.

Standalone AP -Select this option to deploy this access point as an autonomous fat access point. A Standalone AP isn't managed by a Virtual Controller AP, or adopted by a RFS series controller. NOTE If designating the access point as a Standalone AP, Motorola Solutions recommends the access points UI be used exclusively to define its device configuration, and not the CLI. The CLI provides the ability to define more than one profile and the UI does not. Consequently, the two interfaces cannot be used collectively to manage profiles without an administrator encountering problems.

Adopted to Controller - Select this option when deploying the access point as a controller managed

(Dependent mode) access point. Selecting this option closes the Initial AP Setup Wizard. An adopted access point obtains its configuration from a profile stored on its managing controller. Any manual configuration changes are overwritten by the controller upon reboot. Select the Automatic controller discovery option to enable the access point to be discovered and adopted using layer 2 settings. If preferring layer 3 adoption, select the Static Controller Configuration option, and define the addresses of the preferred controllers. If using the static method, 20 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide youll also need to define whether the access point receives an IP address using DHCP or if IP resources are provided statically. 11. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Access Point Mode screen to define the access point's routing or bridging mode functionality. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 21 12. Select an Access Point Mode from the available options.

Router Mode - In Router Mode, the access point routes traffic between the local network

(LAN) and the Internet or external network (WAN). Router mode is recommended in a deployment supported by just a single access point.

Bridge Mode - In Bridge Mode, the AP depends on an external router for routing LAN and WAN traffic. Routing is generally used on one device, whereas bridging is typically used in a larger network. Thus, select Bridge Mode when deploying this access point with numerous peer APs supporting clients on both the 2.4 and 5GHz radio bands. 13. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the LAN Configuration screen to set the access point's LAN interface configuration. 22 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 14. Set the following DHCP and Static IP Address/Subnet information for the LAN interface:

Use DHCP - Select the checkbox to enable an automatic network address configuration using the access points DHCP server. An AP-6511 access point does not have an onboard DHCP server and an external DHCP server must be utilized.

Static IP Address/Subnet - Enter an IP Address and a subnet for the access point's LAN interface. If Use DHCP is selected, this field is not available. When selecting this option, define the following DHCP Server and Domain Name Server (DNS) resources, as those fields will become enabled on the bottom portion of the screen.

Use on-board DHCP server to assign IP addresses to wireless clients -Select the checkbox to enable the access points DHCP server to provide IP and DNS information to clients on the LAN interface.

Range - Enter a starting and ending IP Address range for client assignments on the LAN interface. Avoid assigning IP addresses from x.x.x.1 - x.x.x.10 and x.x.x.255, as they are often reserved for standard network services. This is a required parameter. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 23

Default Gateway - Define a default gateway address for use with the default gateway. This is a required parameter.

DNS Forwarding - Select this option to allow a DNS server to translate domain names into IP addresses. If this option is not selected, a primary and secondary DNS resource must be specified. DNS forwarding is useful when a request for a domain name is made but the DNS server, responsible for converting the name into its corresponding IP address, cannot locate the matching IP address.

Primary DNS - Enter an IP Address for the main Domain Name Server providing DNS services for the access point's LAN interface.

Secondary DNS - Enter an IP Address for the backup Domain Name Server providing DNS services for the access point's LAN interface 15. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the WAN Configuration screen to set the access point's WAN interface configuration. 24 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 16. Set the following DHCP and Static IP Address/Subnet information for the WAN interface:

Use DHCP - Select the checkbox to enable an automatic network address configuration using the access points DHCP server.

Static IP Address/Subnet - Enter an IP Address/Subnet and gateway for the access point's WAN interface. These are required fields

The port connected to the WAN - Select the port used as the physical access point connection to the external network. This ports available differ depending on the access point model deployed. Access point models with a single port have this option fixed.

Enable NAT on the WAN Interface - Select the checkbox to allow traffic to pass between the access point's WAN and LAN interfaces. 17. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Radio Configuration screen to define support for the 2.4GHz radio band, 5GHz radio band or to set the radio's functionality as a dedicated sensor. An AP-6511 is supports a single dual-band radio. NOTE The ADSP Sensor Support field displays at the bottom of the screen only if a radio has been dedicated as a sensor. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 25 18. Set the following parameters for the radio:

Configure as a Date Radio - Select this option to dedicate this radio for WLAN client support in either the selected 2.4 or 5GHz radio band.

Radio Frequency Band - Select either the 2.4GHz or 5.0GHz radio band to use with the radio when selected as a Data Radio. The selected band is used for WLAN client support. Considers selecting one radio for 2.4GHz and another for 5GHz support (if using a dual or three radio model) when supporting clients in both the 802.11bg and 802.11n bands.

Power Level - Use the spinner control to select a 1 - 23 dBm minimum power level to assign to this radio in selected 2.4 or 5.0 GHz band. 1 dBm is the default setting.

Channel Mode - Select either Random, Best or Static. Select Random for use with a 802.11a/n radio. To comply with Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements in the European Union, the 802.11a/n radio uses a randomly selected channel each time the access point is powered on. Select Best to enable the access point to scan non-overlapping channels and listen for 26 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide beacons from other access points. After the channels are scanned, it will select the channel with the fewest access points. In the case of multiple access points on the same channel, it will select the channel with the lowest average power level. When Constantly Monitor is selected, the access point will continuously scan the network for excessive noise and sources of interference. Select Static to assign the access point a permanent channel and scan for noise and interference only when initialized.

Configure as a Sensor Radio - Select this option to dedicate the radio to sensor support exclusively. When functioning as a sensor, the radio scans in sensor mode across all channels within the 2.4 and 5.0GHz bands to identify potential threats within the access point managed network. If dedicating a radio as a sensor resource, a primary and secondary ADSP server must be specified as an ADSP management resource. NOTE If configuring an AP-6511 model access point as a sensor, the access point will require a reboot before its sensor functionality is invoked. The reboot can take place at the completion of the Initial Setup Wizard.

Disable the Radio - Select this option to disable this radio, thus prohibiting it from either providing WLAN or sensor support. Verify this course action with your network administrator before rendering the radio offline. 19. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Wireless LAN Setting screen to define network address and security settings for two WLAN configurations available to the access point as part of the Initial Setup Wizard. Once the access point has an initial configuration defined, numerous additional WLAN configurations can be set. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 27 20. Set the following parameters for each of the two WLAN configurations available as part of this Initial AP Setup Wizard:

SSID - Enter or modify the Services Set Identification (SSID) associated with the WLAN. The WLAN name is auto-generated using the SSID until changed by the user. The maximum number of characters is 32. Do not use < > | & \ ? , This is a required parameter for each WLAN.

WLAN Type - Set the data protection scheme used by clients and access points within the WLAN. The following options are available:

No Authentication and no Encryption - Select this option to provide no security between the access point and connected clients on this WLAN.

Captive Portal Authentication and No Encryption - Select this option to use a Web page (either internally or externally hosted) to authenticate users before access is granted to the network. If using this option, define whether a local or external RADIUS authentication resource is used.

PSK Authentication and WPA2 Encryption - Select the option to implement a pre-

shared key that must be correctly shared between the access point and requesting clients using this WLAN. If using this option, specify a WPA key in either ASCII (8-63 characters) or HEX (64 characters) format. 28 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide

EAP Authentication and WPA2 Encryption - Select this option to authenticate clients within this WLAN through the exchange and verification of certificates. If using this option, define whether a local or external RADIUS authentication resource is used.

WPA Key - If a WPA key is required (PSK Authentication and WPA2 Encryption), enter an alphanumeric string of 8 to 63 ASCII characters or 64 HEX characters as the primary string both transmitting and receiving authenticators must share. The alphanumeric string allows character spaces. This passphrase saves the administrator from entering the 256-bit key each time keys are generated.

RADIUS Server - If the WLAN type requires a RADIUS server to validate user credentials, designate whether the access point is using an External RADIUS Server resource or the access point's own Onboard RADIUS Server. If using an external RADIUS server resource, provide the IP address of the external server and the shared secret used to authenticate the request. NOTE If using the access points onboard RADIUS server, an additional RADIUS Server Configuration screen displays within the Navigation Panel on the left-hand side of the screen. Use this screen to create user accounts validated when the access point authenticates client connection requests to the onboard RADIUS server. 21. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the RADIUS Server Configuration screen if the access points onboard RADIUS server is required to validate user requests. If an onboard RADIUS server is not required, the Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Country/Date/Time screen to set device deployment, administrative contact and system time information. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 29 22. Refer to the Username, Password, Description and Actions columns to review credentials of existing RADIUS Server user accounts. Add new accounts or edit the properties of existing accounts as updates are required. 23. Refer to the Add On-Board RADIUS Server Users field to set the following parameters for a user account:

Username - If adding a new user account, create a username up to X characters in length. The username cannot be revised if modifying the user configuration. This is a required parameter.

Password - Provide (or modify) a password between X - X characters in length entered each time a requesting client attempts access to the AP managed network using the access point's onboard RADIUS server. This is a required parameter. 30 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide

Confirm Password - Re-enter (or modify) the password as a means of confirming the password. This is a required parameter.

Description - Optionally provide a description of the user account as means of further differentiating it from others. 24. When completed, select Add User to commit a new user, Modify User to commit a modified user or Reset to clear the screen without updating the configuration. Selecting Reset clears the field of all entered user account information. 25. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Country/Date/Time screen to set device deployment, administrative contact and system time information. The system time can either be set manually or be supplied by a dedicated Network Time Protocol (NTP) resource. Defining a Basic AP-6511 Configuration 31 26. Refer to the Country and Time Zone field to set the following device deployment information:

Location - Define the location of the access point. The Location parameter acts as a reminder of where the AP can be located within the Motorola Solutions managed wireless network.

Contact - Specify the contact information for the administrator. The credentials provided should accurately reflect the individual responding to service queries.

Country - Select the Country where the access point is deployed. The access point prompts for the correct country code on the first login. A warning message also displays stating an incorrect country setting may result in illegal radio operation. Selecting the correct country is central to legal operation. Each country has its own regulatory restrictions concerning electromagnetic emissions and the maximum RF signal strength that can be transmitted. This is a required parameter.

Time Zone - Set the time zone where the access point is deployed. This is a required parameter. The setting should be complimentary with the selected deployment country. If an NTP resource is unavailable, set the System Date and Time (calendar date, time and AM/PM designation). 27. 28. Optionally enter the IP address of a server used to provide system time to the access point. Once the IP address is entered, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) functionality is engaged automatically for synchronization with the NTP resource. 29. If an NTP resource is unavailable, set the System Date and Time (calendar date, time and AM/PM designation). 30. Optionally enter the IP address of a server used to provide system time to the access point. Once the IP address is entered, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) functionality is engaged automatically for synchronization with the NTP resource. 31. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Summary and Commit screen to summarize the screens (pages) and settings updated using the Initial AP Setup Wizard. There's no user intervention or additional settings required within this screen. Its an additional means of validating the configuration before its deployed. However, if a screen displays settings not intended as part of the initial configuration, the screen can be selected from within the Navigation Panel and its settings modified accordingly. 32 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide If the configuration displays as intended, select the Save/Commit button to implement these settings to the access points configuration. If additional changes are warranted based on the summary, either select the target page from the Navigational Panel, or use the Back and Next buttons to scroll to the target screen For advanced configuration information beyond the scope of this AP-6511 Installation Guide, refer to the Motorola Wireless Services Controller System Reference Guide, available at http://support.symbol.com/support/product/manuals.do. Specifications 33 4 Specifications 4.1 Electrical Characteristics An AP-6511 model access point has the following electrical characteristics:

Operating Current &

Voltage 250mA@48VDC 4.2 Physical Characteristics An AP-6511 model access point has the following physical characteristics:

Dimensions Housing Weight Operating Temperature 2.75 width x 5 height x 1.25 deep (Inches) 6.985 width x 12.7 height x 3.175 deep (centimeters) Plastic and metal 0.5 lbs (with mounting plate) 32F to 104F/0C to 40C Storage Temperature

-40F to 158F/-40C to 85C Operating Humidity 5 to 95% Relative Humidity non-condensing Storage Humidity 95% Relative Humidity non-condensing Operating Altitude

(max) Storage Altitude

(max) Electrostatic Discharge 8,000 ft @ 28C 30,000 ft @ 12C

+/-15kV Air and +/-8kV Contact @ 50% Relative Humidity 34 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 4.3 Radio Characteristics An AP-6511 model access point has the following radio characteristics:

Operating Channels 2.4 GHz - Channels 1-13 5 GHz - Channels 36-64; channels 100 - 165 Actual operating frequencies depend on regulatory approval for the country of use. Data Rates Supported 802.11b: 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 5.5Mbps and 11Mbps 802.11g: 6Mbps, 9Mbps, 12Mbps, 18Mbps, 24Mbps, 36MBps, 48Mbps and 54Mbps 802.11n: MCS0 through MCS15, HT20 and HT40 Wireless Medium Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Spatial multiplexing (MIMO) Network Standards 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.3, 802.11n Typical Transmit Power Per Antenna Transmit Power Adjustment 2.4G: +24dBm max 5.2G: +22dBm max 1dB increments Regulatory Information 35 5 Regulatory Information 5.1 Regulatory Overview This device is approved under the Motorola brand. This guide applies to Model Number AP-6511. All Motorola/Symbol devices are designed to be compliant with rules and regulations in locations they are sold and will be labeled as required. Local language translations are available at the following website: http://support.symbol.com Any changes or modifications to Motorola/Symbol Technologies equipment, not expressly approved by Motorola/Symbol Technologies, could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Motorola/Symbol Access Points must be professionally installed and configured so that the Radio Frequency Output Power will not exceed the maximum allowable limit for the country of operation. Antennas: Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could cause damage and may violate regulations. Use of an unapproved antenna is illegal under FCC regulations subjecting the end user to fines and equipment seizure. 5.2 Wireless Device Country Approvals Regulatory markings, subject to certification, are applied to the device signifying the radio(s) is/are approved for use in the following countries: United States, Canada, Japan, China, S. Korea, Australia, and Europe. Please refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. This is available at http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity Note: For 2.4GHz or 5GHz Products: Europe includes, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. 36 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 5.2.1 Country Selection Note for AP & Wireless Controller Select only the country in which you are using the device. Any other selection will make the operation of this device illegal. The US version of the Access Point will only have US listed in the country selection table. The US version will be sold / used in the US protectorates: American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico, US Virgin Islands. 5.2.2 Frequency of Operation FCC and IC 5 GHz Only The use on UNII (Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure) Band 1 5150-5250 MHz is restricted to indoor use only, any other use will make the operation of this device illegal. Industry Canada Statement:

Caution: The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-Channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avertissement: Le dispositive fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bands 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-

5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. 2.4 GHz Only The available channels for 802.11 b/g operation in the US are Channels 1 to 11. The range of channels is limited by firmware. 5.3 Health and Safety Recommendations 5.3.1 Warnings for the use of Wireless Devices Please observe all warning notices with regard to the usage of wireless devices 5.3.2 Potentially Hazardous Atmospheres Fixed Installations You are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio devices in fuel depots, chemical plants etc. and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders). Regulatory Information 37 5.3.3 Safety in Hospitals Wireless devices transmit radio frequency energy and may affect medical electrical equipment. When installed adjacent to other equipment, it is advised to verify that the adjacent equipment is not adversely affected. Pacemakers Pacemaker manufacturers recommended that a minimum of 15cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless device and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with independent research and recommendations by Wireless Technology Research. Persons with Pacemakers:

Should ALWAYS keep the device more than 15cm (6 inches) from their pacemaker when turned ON.

Should not carry the device in a breast pocket.

Should use the ear furthest from the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference.

If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn OFF your device. Other Medical Devices Please consult your physician or the manufacturer of the medical device, to determine if the operation of your wireless product may interfere with the medical device. 5.4 RF Exposure Guidelines 5.4.1 Safety Information Reducing RF ExposureUse Properly Only operate the device in accordance with the instructions supplied. 5.5 International The device complies with internationally recognized standards covering human exposure to electromagnetic fields from radio devices. For information on International human exposure to eletromagnic fields refer to the Motorola/Symbol Declaration of Conformity (DoC) at http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity 38 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 5.6 EU Remote and Standalone Antenna Configurations To comply with EU RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from all persons. 5.7 US and Canada Co-located statement To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirement, the antennas used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other transmitter/antenna except those already approved in this filling. Remote and Standalone Antenna Configurations To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from all persons. 5.8 Power Supply This device is powered from a 802.3af compliant power source which is UL approved and certified by the appropriate agencies. 5.9 Radio Frequency Interference RequirementsFCC This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help Regulatory Information 39 Radio Transmitters (Part 15) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Restricted Band 5.60 5.65 GHz 5.10 Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. 5.10.1 Radio Transmitters For RLAN Devices:

The use of 5 GHz RLANs, for use in Canada, have the following restrictions:

Restricted Band 5.60 5.65 GHz L'utilisation de RLAN de 5 GHz, pour utilisation au Canada est soumise aux restrictions suivantes:

Bande Restreinte de 5,60 5,65 GHz This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry & Science Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable Label Marking: The Term "IC:" before the radio certification only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. 5.11 CE Marking and European Economic Area (EEA) The use of 2.4 GHz RLANs, for use through the EEA, have the following restrictions:

Maximum radiated transmit power of 100 mW EIRP in the frequency range 2.400 -2.4835 GHz.

France, outside usage is restricted to 2.4 2.454 GHz.

Italy requires a user license for outside usage. 40 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 5.12 Mexico

"La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a lassiguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicialy (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquierinterferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar suoperacin no deseada."

5.13 Statement of Compliance Motorola/Symbol hereby, declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. A Declaration of Conformity may be obtained from http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity. Regulatory Information 41 5.14 Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) English: For EU Customers: All products at the end of their life must be returned to Symbol for recycling. For information on how to return product, please go to:

http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Dansk: Til kunder i EU: Alle produkter skal returneres til Symbol til recirkulering, nr de er udtjent. Ls oplysningerne om returnering af produkter p: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Deutsch: Fr Kunden innerhalb der EU: Alle Produkte mssen am Ende ihrer Lebensdauer zum Recycling an Symbol zurckgesandt werden. Informationen zur Rcksendung von Produkten finden Sie unter http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Eesti: EL klientidele: kik tooted tuleb nende eluea lppedes tagastada taaskasutamise eesmrgil Symbol'ile. Lisainformatsiooni saamiseks toote tagastamise kohta klastage palun aadressi: http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Espaol: Para clientes en la Unin Europea: todos los productos debern entregarse a Symbol al final de su ciclo de vida para que sean reciclados. Si desea ms informacin sobre cmo devolver un producto, visite: http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Franais : Clients de l'Union Europenne : Tous les produits en fin de cycle de vie doivent tre retourns Symbol pour recyclage. Pour de plus amples informations sur le retour de produits, consultez : http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Italiano: per i clienti dell'UE: tutti i prodotti che sono giunti al termine del rispettivo ciclo di vita devono essere restituiti a Symbol al fine di consentirne il riciclaggio. Per informazioni sulle modalit di restituzione, visitare il seguente sito Web: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Magyar: Az EU-ban vsrlknak: Minden tnkrement termket a Symbol vllalathoz kell eljuttatni jrahasznosts cljbl. A termk visszajuttatsnak mdjval kapcsolatos tudnivalkrt ltogasson el a http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance weboldalra 42 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide Nederlands: Voor klanten in de EU: alle producten dienen aan het einde van hun levensduur naar Symbol te worden teruggezonden voor recycling. Raadpleeg http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance voor meer informatie over het terugzenden van producten. Portugus: Para clientes da UE: todos os produtos no fim de vida devem ser devolvidos Symbol para reciclagem. Para obter informaes sobre como devolver o produto, visite: http:/

/www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Slovenski: Za kupce v EU: vsi izdelki se morajo po poteku ivljenjske dobe vrniti podjetju Symbol za reciklao. Za informacije o vrailu izdelka obiite: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Suomi: Asiakkaat Euroopan unionin alueella: Kaikki tuotteet on palautettava kierrtettvksi Symbol-yhtin, kun tuotetta ei en kytet. Listietoja tuotteen palauttamisesta on osoitteessa http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. 5.15 TURKISH WEEE Statement of Compliance EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur 5.16 Japan (VCCI) - Voluntary Control Council for Interference Class B ITE B This is a Class B product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference from Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this is used near a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference. Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual. Regulatory Information 43 5.17 Korea Warning Statement for Class B ITE B

(B )

, . Class B (Broadcasting Communication Device for Home This device obtained EMC registration mainly for home use

(Class B) and may be used in all areas. Use) 5.18 Other Countries 5.18.1 Australia Use of 5 GHz RLANs in Australia is restricted in the following band 5.50 5.65 GHz. 5.18.2 Brazil Regulatory declarations for AP-6511 - BRAZIL Note: The certification mark applied to the AP-6511 is for Restrict Radiation Equipment. This equipment operates on a secondary basis and does not have the right for protection against harmful interference from other users including same equipment types. Also this equipment must not cause interference to systems operating on primary basis. For more information consult the website http://www.anatel.gov.br Declaraes Regulamentares para AP-6511 - Brasil Nota: "A marca de certificao se aplica ao Transceptor, modelo AP-650. Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Para maiores informaes sobre ANATEL consulte o site: http://www.anatel.gov.br 5.18.3 Chile Este equipo cumple con la Resolucin No 403 de 2008, de la Subsecretaria de telecomunicaciones, relativa a radiaciones electromagnticas..

"This device complies with the Resolution Not 403 of 2008, of the Undersecretary of telecommunications, relating to electromagnetic radiation. 44 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 5.18.4 Mexico Restrict Frequency Range to: 2.450 2.4835 GHz. 5.18.5 Taiwan NOTICE!

According to: Administrative Regulations on Low Power Radio Waves Radiated Devices Article 12 Without permission granted by the DGT, any company, enterprise, or user is not allowed to change frequency, enhance transmitting power or alter original characteristic as well as performance to an approved low power radio-frequency devices. Article 14 The low power radio-frequency devices shall not influence aircraft security and interfere legal communications; If found, the user shall cease operating immediately until no interference is achieved. The said legal communications means radio communications is operated in compliance with the Telecommunications Act. The low power radio-frequency devices must be susceptible with the interference from legal communications or ISM radio wave radiated devices. Regulatory Information 45 Wireless device operate in the frequency band of 5.25-5.35 GHz, limited for Indoor use only. 5.25-5.35 5.18.6 Korea For radio equipment using 2400~2483.5MHz or 5725~5825MHz, the following expressions should be displayed:

1. This radio equipment can be interfered with during operation. 2. This radio equipment cannot provide a service relevant to human life safety, as it can be crossed through the user manual, etc. 46 AP-6511 Access Point Installation Guide 6 Motorolas Enterprise Mobility Support Center If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Enterprise Mobility support for your region. Contact information is available by visiting http://www.motorola.com/customersupport and after selecting your region, click on the appropriate link under Support for Business. When contacting Enterprise Mobility support, please provide the following information:

Serial number of the unit

Model number or product name

Software type and version number Motorola responds to calls by email, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements. If you purchased your Enterprise Mobility business product from a Motorola business partner, contact that business partner for support. 6.1 Customer Support Web Sites Motorola's Support Central Web site, located at http://www.motorola.com/customersupport provides information and online assistance including developer tools, software downloads, product manuals and online repair requests. 6.2 Manuals http://support.symbol.com/support/product/manuals.do MOTOROLA INC. 1303 E. ALGONQUIN ROAD SCHAUMBURG, IL 60196 http://www.motorola.com 72-145343-01 Revision B May 2012

 

 

AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2012. All rights reserved. Table of Contents 1.0 Introduction . 1 1.1 Document Conventions . 2 1.2 Warnings . 2 1.3 Site Preparation . 3 1.4 Package Contents . 3 1.5 Features. 3 2.0 Hardware Installation. 4 2.1 Installation Instructions . 4 2.2 Precautions . 4 2.3 Access Point Placement . 5 2.4 Wall Mount Installation . 9 2.5 Suspended Ceiling T-Bar Installation . 11 2.6 Above the Ceiling (Plenum) Installation . 13 2.7 LED Indicator . 15 3.0 Defining a Basic Configuration . 17 3.1 Using the Initial Setup Wizard . 17 4.0 Specifications . 38 4.1 Electrical Characteristics . 38 4.2 Physical Characteristics . 38 4.3 Radio Characteristics . 39 5.0 Regulatory Information. 40 6.0 Motorolas Enterprise Mobility Support Center . 51 Introduction 1 1 Introduction AP-6521 Series access points are components of Motorola Solutions Wireless Controller System. An AP-6521 links wireless 802.11a/b/g/n devices to the controller, enabling the growth of your wireless network with a cost-effective alternative to standard access points. The AP-6521 Series access point is an enterprise class 802.11n access point, installed in minutes anywhere a CAT-5e (or better) cable is located. An AP-6521 Series access point utilizes a setup wizard to define its operational mode as either a Dependent mode AP, Standalone AP or Virtual Controller AP. AP-6521 Series access points ship with a single dual-band radio supporting the 802.11a/b/g/n radio bands. For more information on available SKUs, refer to the following:

Part Number AP-6521-60010-US AP-6521-60020-US AP-6521-60010-WR AP-6521-60020-WR Description 802.11a/b/g/n single radio, integrated antenna, high power, United States model 802.11a/b/g/n single radio, external antenna, high power, United States model 802.11a/b/g/n single radio, integrated antenna, high power, World Wide model 802.11a/b/g/n single radio, external antenna, high power, World Wide model The AP-6521 series Access Point is approved under MODEL: NCAP-500. Motorola Solutions recommends the access point receive power and transfer data through the same CAT-5e (or better) Ethernet cable using a Motorola Solutions Power Injector. The Power Injector

(Part No. AP-PSBIAS-2P2-AFR) is an 802.3af PoE injector. For information, see Power Injector System on page 7. A separate power supply (Part No. PWRS-147376-01R) is also available if you do not wish to use a Power Injector. This standard power supply just supplies power to the access points power connector and does not converge power and Ethernet within a single cable connection. 2 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 1.1 Document Conventions The following graphical alerts are used in this guide to indicate notable situations:

NOTE Tips, hints, or special requirements that you should take note of.

CAUTION Care is required. Disregarding a caution can result in data loss or equipment malfunction. WARNING!

Indicates a condition or procedure that could result in personal injury or equipment damage. 1.2 Warnings

Read all installation instructions and site survey reports, and verify correct equipment installation before connecting the access point. Verify any device connected to this unit is properly wired and grounded. Verify there is adequate ventilation around the device, and ambient temperatures meet equipment operation specifications.

Introduction 3 1.3 Site Preparation

Consult your site survey and network analysis to determine specific equipment placement, power drops etc. Assign installation responsibility to the appropriate personnel. Identify and document where all installed components are located. Ensure adequate, dust-free ventilation to all installed equipment. Prepare Ethernet port connections. Verify cabling is within the maximum 100 meter allowable length.

1.4 Package Contents The access point ships with the following:

One AP-6521 Series access point Installation Guide (This Guide) Rubber Wall Mount Spacers (4) LED light pipe and badge

Wall mount screw and anchor kit One RJ-45 console connector One RJ-45 Ethernet connector LED Indicators Safety wire tie point 1.5 Features

Wall mount slots

Clips for suspended T-Bar mounting DC power connector An AP-6521 Series access point has one RJ-45 connector supporting an 10/100/1000 Ethernet port connection and requires 802.3af compliant power from an external source. The access point contains runtime firmware which enables the unit to boot after either a power up or a watchdog reset. The runtime firmware on the access point can be updated via the Ethernet interface. 4 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 2 Hardware Installation 2.1 Installation Instructions An AP-6521 Series access point can attach to a wall, mount under a suspended T-Bar or mount above a ceiling. Selecting a mounting option based on the physical environment of the coverage area. Do not mount the access point in a location that has not been approved in a site survey. To prepare for an installation, perform the following:

1. Verify the contents of the box includes the intended access point and accessory hardware. 2. Review site survey and network analysis reports to determine the location and mounting position for the access point. 3. Connect a CAT-5e or better Ethernet cable to a PoE compatible device and run the cable to the installation site. Ensure there is sufficient cable slack to perform the installation steps. 4. Determine whether the access point is powered using a Power Injector system, combining data and power to the access points GE1/PoE port or will be powered from a conventional power adapter providing power only to the access points DC-48V connector. 2.2 Precautions Before installing an access point:

Verify the intended deployment location is not prone to moisture or dust.

Verify the environment has a continuous temperature range between 0 C to 40 C. Hardware Installation 5 2.3 Access Point Placement For optimal performance, install the access point away from transformers, heavy-duty motors, fluorescent lights, microwave ovens, refrigerators and other industrial equipment. Signal loss can occur when metal, concrete, walls or floors block transmission. Install the access point in an open area or add access points as needed to improve coverage. Antenna coverage is analogous to lighting. Users might find an area lit from far away to be not bright enough. An area lit sharply might minimize coverage and create dark areas. Uniform antenna placement in an area (like even placement of a light bulb) provides even, efficient coverage. Place the access point using the following guidelines:

Install the access point at an ideal height of 10 feet from the ground.

Orient the access point antennas vertically for best reception.

Point the access point antennas downward if attaching to the ceiling (external antenna models only). To maximize the access points radio coverage area, Motorola Solutions recommends conducting a site survey to define and document radio interference obstacles before installing the access point. 2.3.1 Antenna Options Motorola Solutions supports two antenna suites for the single radio, dual-band AP-6521 Series access point. One antenna suite supporting the 2.4 GHz band, and another antenna suite supporting the 5 GHz band. Select an antenna best suited to the intended operational environment of your access point. 6 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide The 2.4 GHz antenna suite includes the following models:

Part Number Antenna Type Approximate Gain (dBi) ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2452-HPA5-036 ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2499-APA2-01R ML-2452-APA2GA1-01 ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-2452-PTA3M3-36 ML-2499-SD3-01R Internal Antenna Dipole Dipole Dipole Dipole Dipole Panel Patch Patch PIFA 3 2.9 4.6 2 2 4.5 5 4.8 2.4 Hardware Installation 7 The 5 GHz antenna suite includes the following models:

Part Number Antenna Type Approximate Gain (dBi) ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2452-HPA5-036 ML-5299-APA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-2452-APA2GA1-01 ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-2452-PTA3M3-36 ML-5299-PTA1-0R Internal Antenna Dipole Dipole Dipole Dipole Dipole Panel Patch Patch PIFA 5 4.9 2 5 1 5 3 5 6 For a more exhaustive overview of the antennas and associated components supported by the Motorola Solutions access point family, refer to the Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide available at http://support.symbol.com/support/product/manuals.do. 2.3.2 Power Injector System The access point can receive power via an Ethernet cable connected to the GE1/PoE port. When users purchase a WLAN solution, they often need to place access points in obscure locations. In the past, a dedicated power source was required for each access point in addition to the Ethernet infrastructure. This often required an electrical contractor to install power drops at each access point location. The Power Injector merges power and Ethernet into one cable, reducing the burden of installation and allowing optimal access point placement in respect to the intended coverage area. The Power Injector (Part No. AP-PSBIAS-2P2-AFR) is an 802.3af PoE injector. The access point can only use a Power Injector when connecting to the access points GE1/PoE port. The Power Injector is separately ordered and not shipped with the access point. A separate Power Injector is required for each access point comprising the network. The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Injector receives power and is ready for device connection and operation as soon as AC power is applied. Refer to the guide shipped with the Power Injector for a description of the devices LEDs. The Power Injector can be installed free standing, on an even horizontal surface or wall mounted using the Power Injectors wall mounting key holes. 8 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide The following guidelines should be adhered to before cabling the Power Injector to an Ethernet source and an access point:

Do not block or cover airflow to the Power Injector.

Keep the Power Injector away from excessive heat, humidity, vibration and dust.

The Power Injector isnt a repeater, and does not amplify the Ethernet signal. For optimal performance, ensure the Power Injector is placed as close as possible to the Ethernet switch. This allows the access point to be deployed away from power drops.

Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). Hardware Installation 9

CAUTION To avoid problematic performance and restarts, disable PoE from a wired controller port connected to an access point if mid-span power sourcing equipment (PSE) is used between the two, regardless of the manufacturer. CAUTION Ensure AC power is supplied to the Power Injector using an AC cable with an appropriate ground connection approved for the country of operation. NOTE If not using the Power Injector to power the access point, the only other approved power solution is the standard power supply (Part Number PWRS-147376-01R). The standard power supply does not converge data and power in one cable, and requires a separate data Ethernet connection in addition to a power connection. This product is intended to be supplied by a listed power adapter marked Class 2 or L.P.S (or Limited Power Source) and rated from 48Vdc, 0.27A minimum. 2.4 Wall Mount Installation To support wall mount installations, the access point is fastened directly to a flat wall surface. The wall should be of gypsum board, plaster, wood or concrete in composition.

CAUTION An access point should be wall mounted to concrete or plaster-

wall-board (dry wall) only. Do not wall mount the access point to combustible surfaces. To install the access point to a wall:

1. Orient the access point by either its width or length. 2. Mark the mounting surface at the target screw insertion points. 3. At each point, drill a hole in the wall, insert an anchor, screw into the anchor the wall mounting screw and stop when there is 1mm between the screw head and the wall. If pre-drilling a hole, the recommended hole size is 2.8mm (0.11in.) if the screws are going directly into the wall and 6mm (0.23in.) if wall anchors are being used. 4. If required, install and attach a security cable to the access point lock port. 10 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5. Attach the antennas to their correct connectors. For information on available antennas, see Antenna Options on page 5. 6. Place the large center opening of each of the mount slots over the screw heads. 7. Slide the access point down along the mounting surface to hang the mount slots on the screw heads 8. Cable the access point using either the Power Injector solution or an approved line cord and power supply.

CAUTION Do not connect to the power source until the cabling of the access point is complete. Ensure PoE is not connected to the access points console connector or risk rendering the console connector permanently inoperable. For Motorola Power Injector installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the Power Injector Data In connector. b. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the Power Injector Data &

Power Out connector and the access point GE1/PoE port. c. Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Power Injector receives power as soon as AC power is applied. For more information on using the Power Injector, see LED Indicator on page 15. For power adapter (Part Number PWRS-147376-01R) and line cord installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the access points GE1/PoE. b. Verify the power adapter is correctly rated according the country of operation. c. Connect the power supply line cord to the power adapter. d. Attach the power adapter cable to the DC-48V power connector on the access point. e. Attach the power supply line cord to a power supply. 9. Verify the behavior of the access point LEDs. For more information, see LED Indicator on page 15. 10. The access point is ready to configure. For information on basic access point device configuration, see Defining a Basic Configuration on page 17. Hardware Installation 11 2.5 Suspended Ceiling T-Bar Installation A suspended ceiling mount requires holding the access point up against the T-bar of a suspended ceiling grid and twisting the access point chassis onto the T-bar. To install the access point on a ceiling T-bar:

1. 2. 3. If desired, install and attach a security cable to the access point lock port. If using an external antenna model, attach the antennas to their correct connectors. For more information on the antenna options available to the access point, see Antenna Options on page 11. 4. Cable the access point using either the Power Injector solution or an approved line cord and power supply.

CAUTION Do not connect to the power source until the cabling of the access point is complete. Ensure PoE is not connected to the access points console connector or risk rendering the console connector permanently inoperable. For Power Injector installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the Power Injector Data In connector. b. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the Power Injector Data &

Power Out connector and the access points GE1/PoE port. c. Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Power Injector receives power as soon as AC power is applied. For more information on using the Power Injector, see Power Injector System on page 7. For power adapter (Part Number PWRS-147376-01R) and line cord installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the access points GE1/PoE port. b. Verify the power adapter is correctly rated according the country of operation. c. Connect the power supply line cord to the power adapter. d. Attach the power adapter cable to the DC-48V power connector on the access point. e. Attach the power supply line cord to a power supply. 12 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5. Verify the behavior of the access point LEDs. For more information, see LED Indicator on page 15. 6. Align the bottom of the ceiling T-bar with the back of the access point. 7. Orient the access point chassis by its length and the length of the ceiling T-bar. 8. Rotate the access point chassis 45 degrees clockwise. 9. Push the back of the access point chassis on to the bottom of the ceiling T-bar. 10. Rotate the access point chassis 45 degrees counter-clockwise. The clips click as they fasten to the T-bar. 11. Verify the behavior of the access point LEDs. For more information, see LED Indicator on page 15. 12. The access point is ready to configure. For information on basic access point device configuration, see Defining a Basic Configuration on page 17. Hardware Installation 13 2.6 Above the Ceiling (Plenum) Installation An above the ceiling installation requires placing the access point above a suspended ceiling and installing the provided light pipe under the ceiling tile for viewing the status LED of the unit. An above the ceiling deployment enables installations compliant with drop ceilings, suspended ceilings and industry standard tiles from .625 to .75 inches thick. NOTE The access point is Plenum rated to UL2043 and NEC1999 to support above the ceiling installations. To ensure UL compliance and proper access point operation within the Air Handling Plenum, the access point must be installed with the bottom surface of the unit in contact with the un-finished surface of the ceiling tile. Placing the product on the ceiling tile will facilitate the positioning of the light pipe. Placement of the product in the Air Handling Plenum off of, or away from, the unfinished surface of the ceiling tile is not UL approved and certification of UL2043 compliance would be void in that case.

CAUTION Motorola Solutions does not recommend mounting the access point directly to suspended ceiling tile with a thickness less than 12.7mm

(0.5in.) or a suspended ceiling tile with an unsupported span greater than 660mm (26in.). The mounting hardware required to install the access point above a ceiling consists of:

Light pipe

Badge for light pipe

Decal for badge To install the access point above a ceiling:

If possible, remove the adjacent ceiling tile from its frame and place it aside. If required, install and attach a security cable to the access points lock port. 1. 2. 3. Mark a point on the finished side of the tile where the light pipe is to be located. 4. Create a light pipe path hole in the target position on the ceiling tile. 5. Use a drill to make a hole in the tile the approximate size of the access point LED light pipe.

CAUTION Motorola Solutions recommends care be taken not to damage the finished surface of the ceiling tile when creating the light pipe hole and installing the light pipe. 14 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 6. Remove the light pipes rubber stopper (from the access point) before installing the light pipe. 7. Connect the light pipe to the bottom of the access point. Align the tabs and rotate 8. 9. approximately 90 degrees. Do not over tighten. Fit the light pipe into hole in the tile from its unfinished side. Place the decal on the back of the badge and slide the badge onto the light pipe from the finished side of the tile. 10. Attach the antennas to their correct connectors. For information on the antennas available to the access point, see Antenna Options on page 5. 11. Align the ceiling tile into its former ceiling space. 13. Cable the access point using either the Power Injector solution or an approved line cord and power supply.

CAUTION Do not connect to the power source until the cabling of the access point is complete. Ensure PoE is not connected to the access points console connector or risk rendering the console connector permanently inoperable. For Power Injector installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the Power Injector Data In connector. b. Connect a RJ-45 CAT5e (or CAT6) Ethernet cable between the Power Injector Data &

Power Out connector and the access points GE1/PoE port. c. Ensure the cable length from the Ethernet source (host) to the Power Injector and access point does not exceed 100 meters (333 ft). The Power Injector has no On/Off power switch. The Power Injector receives power as soon as AC power is applied. For more information on using the Power Injector, see Power Injector System on page 7. For power adapter (Part Number PWRS-147376-01R) and line cord installations:

a. Connect a RJ-45 Ethernet cable between the network data supply (host) and the access points GE1/PoE port. b. Verify the power adapter is correctly rated according the country of operation. c. Connect the power supply line cord to the power adapter. d. Attach the power adapter cable to the DC-48V power connector on the access point. e. Attach the power supply line cord to a power supply. Hardware Installation 15 12. Verify the behavior of the access point LED light pipe. For more information, see LED Indicator on page 15. 13. Place the ceiling tile back in its frame and verify it is secure. 14. The access point is ready to configure. For information on basic access point device configuration, see Using the Initial Setup Wizard on page 17. 2.7 LED Indicator An AP-6521 Series access point has a single LED activity indicator on the front of the unit. The LED provides a status display indicating error conditions, transmission, and network activity for the 5 GHz 802.11a/n (amber) radio or the 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n (green) radio. 16 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide Task Unadopted Normal Operation Firmware Update Locate AP Mode 5 GHz Activity LED (Amber) 2.4 GHz Activity LED (Green) Off

If this radio band is enabled:

Blink at 5 second interval

If this radio band is disabled:

Off Blinking 5 times per second

If this radio band is enabled:

Blink at 5 second interval

If this radio band is disabled:

Off

If there is activity on this band:

If there is activity on this band:

Blink at a 1Hz On Blink at 5Hz Blink at a 1Hz Off Blink at 5Hz Defining a Basic Configuration 17 3 Defining a Basic Configuration An AP-6521 Series access point can utilize an initial setup wizard to streamline the process of initially accessing the wireless network. The wizard defines the access points operational mode, deployment location, basic security, network and WLAN settings. 3.1 Using the Initial Setup Wizard Once the AP-6521 is installed and powered on, complete the following steps to get the access point up and running and access management functions:

1. The access points IP address is optimally provided using DHCP. A zero config IP address can also be derived if DHCP resources are unavailable. Using zero config, the last two octets in the IP address are the decimal equivalent of the last two bytes in the access points hardcoded MAC address. For example:

MAC address - 00:C0:23:00:F0:0A Zero-config IP address - 169.254.240.10 To derive the access points IP address using its MAC address:

a. Open the Windows calculator be selecting Start > All Programs > Accessories >

Calculator. This menu path may vary slightly depending on your version of Windows. b. With the Calculator displayed, select View > Scientific. Select the Hex radio button. c. Enter a hex byte of the access points MAC address. For example, F0. d. Select the Dec radio button. The calculator converts F0 into 240. Repeat this process for the last access point MAC address octet. 2. Point the Web browser to the access points IP address. The following login screen displays:

18 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 3. 4. Enter the default username admin in the Username field. Enter the default password motorola in the Password field. 5. Click the Login button to load the management interface. NOTE When logging in for the first time, youre prompted to change the password to enhance device security in subsequent logins. NOTE If you get disconnected when running the wizard, you can connect again with the access points actual IP address (once obtained) and resume the wizard. Defining a Basic Configuration 19 6. If this is the first time the management interface has been accessed, a dialogue displays to start the wizard. Select Start Wizard to run the initial setup wizard. 20 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide The first page of the Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Navigation Panel and Introduction for the configuration activities comprising the access point's initial setup A green checkmark to the left of an item in the Navigation Panel defines the listed task as having its minimum required configuration parameters set correctly. A red X defines the task as still requiring at least one parameter be defined correctly. The Introduction screen displays a list of the basic configuration activities supported by the Initial Setup Wizard. Defining a Basic Configuration 21 7. Select Save/Commit within each page to save the updates made to that page's configuration. Select Next to proceed to the next page listed in the Navigation Panel. Select Back to revert to the previous screen in the Navigation Panel without saving your updates. NOTE While you can navigate to any page in the navigation panel, you cannot complete the Initial AP Setup Wizard until each task in the Navigation Panel has a green checkmark. 8. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Access Point Type screen to define the access point's Standalone versus Virtual Controller AP functionality and the way the access point is adopted to a controller. 22 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 9. Select an Access Point Type from the following options:

Virtual Controller AP - When more than one access point is deployed, a single access point can function as a Virtual Controller AP. Up to 24 access points can be connected to, and managed by, a single Virtual Controller AP of the same AP-6521 model.

Standalone AP -Select this option to deploy this access point as an autonomous fat access point. A Standalone AP isn't managed by a Virtual Controller AP, or adopted by a RFS series controller. Defining a Basic Configuration 23 NOTE If designating the access point as a Standalone AP, Motorola Solutions recommends the access points UI be used exclusively to define its device configuration, and not the CLI. The CLI provides the ability to define more than one profile and the UI does not. Consequently, the two interfaces cannot be used collectively to manage profiles without an administrator encountering problems.

Adopted to Controller - Select this option when deploying the access point as a controller managed (Dependent mode) access point. Selecting this option closes the Initial AP Setup Wizard. An adopted access point obtains its configuration from a profile stored on its managing controller. Any manual configuration changes are overwritten by the controller upon reboot. Select the Automatic controller discovery option to enable the access point to be discovered and adopted using layer 2 settings. If preferring layer 3 adoption, select the Static Controller Configuration option, and define the addresses of the preferred controllers. If using the static method, youll also need to define whether the access point receives an IP address using DHCP or if IP resources are provided statically. 10. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Access Point Mode screen to define the access point's routing or bridging mode functionality. 24 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 11. Select an Access Point Mode from the available options.

Router Mode - In Router Mode, the access point routes traffic between the local network

(LAN) and the Internet or external network (WAN). Router mode is recommended in a deployment supported by just a single access point.

Bridge Mode - In Bridge Mode, the AP depends on an external router for routing LAN and WAN traffic. Routing is generally used on one device, whereas bridging is typically used in a larger network. Thus, select Bridge Mode when deploying this access point with numerous peer APs supporting clients on both the 2.4 and 5GHz radio bands. Defining a Basic Configuration 25 12. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the LAN Configuration screen to set the access point's LAN interface configuration. 26 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 13. Set the following DHCP and Static IP Address/Subnet information for the LAN interface:

Use DHCP - Select the checkbox to enable an automatic network address configuration using the access points DHCP server. An AP-6521 access point does not have an onboard DHCP server and an external DHCP server must be utilized.

Static IP Address/Subnet - Enter an IP Address and a subnet for the access point's LAN interface. If Use DHCP is selected, this field is not available. When selecting this option, define the following DHCP Server and Domain Name Server (DNS) resources, as those fields will become enabled on the bottom portion of the screen.

Use on-board DHCP server to assign IP addresses to wireless clients -Select the checkbox to enable the access points DHCP server to provide IP and DNS information to clients on the LAN interface.

Range - Enter a starting and ending IP Address range for client assignments on the access point's LAN interface. Avoid assigning IP addresses from x.x.x.1 - x.x.x.10 and x.x.x.255, as they are often reserved for standard network services. This is a required parameter.

Default Gateway - Define a default gateway address for use with the default gateway. This is a required parameter.

DNS Forwarding - Select this option to allow a DNS server to translate domain names into IP addresses. If this option is not selected, a primary and secondary DNS resource must be specified. DNS forwarding is useful when a request for a domain name is made but the DNS server, responsible for converting the name into its corresponding IP address, cannot locate the matching IP address.

Primary DNS - Enter an IP Address for the main Domain Name Server providing DNS services for the access point's LAN interface.

Secondary DNS - Enter an IP Address for the backup Domain Name Server providing DNS services for the access point's LAN interface 14. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the WAN Configuration screen to set the access point's WAN interface configuration. Defining a Basic Configuration 27 15. Set the following DHCP and Static IP Address/Subnet information for the WAN interface:

Use DHCP - Select the checkbox to enable an automatic network address configuration using the access points DHCP server.

Static IP Address/Subnet - Enter an IP Address/Subnet and gateway for the access point's WAN interface. These are required fields 28 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide

The port connected to the WAN - Select the port used as the physical access point connection to the external network. This ports available differ depending on the access point model deployed. Access point models with a single port have this option fixed.

Enable NAT on the WAN Interface - Select the checkbox to allow traffic to pass between the access point's WAN and LAN interfaces. 16. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Radio Configuration screen to define support for the 2.4GHz radio band, 5GHz radio band or to set the radio's functionality as a dedicated sensor. An AP-6521 is supports a single dual-band radio. NOTE The ADSP Sensor Support field displays at the bottom of the screen only if a radio has been dedicated as a sensor. Defining a Basic Configuration 29 17. Set the following parameters for the radio:

Configure as a Date Radio - Select this option to dedicate this radio for WLAN client support in either the selected 2.4 or 5GHz radio band. 30 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide

Radio Frequency Band - Select either the 2.4GHz or 5.0GHz radio band to use with the radio when selected as a Data Radio. The selected band is used for WLAN client support. Considers selecting one radio for 2.4GHz and another for 5GHz support (if using a dual or three radio model) when supporting clients in both the 802.11bg and 802.11n bands.

Power Level - Use the spinner control to select a 1 - 23 dBm minimum power level to assign to this radio in selected 2.4 or 5.0 GHz band. 1 dBm is the default setting.

Channel Mode - Select either Random, Best or Static. Select Random for use with a 802.11a/n radio. To comply with Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements in the European Union, the 802.11a/n radio uses a randomly selected channel each time the access point is powered on. Select Best to enable the access point to scan non-overlapping channels and listen for beacons from other access points. After the channels are scanned, it will select the channel with the fewest access points. In the case of multiple access points on the same channel, it will select the channel with the lowest average power level. When Constantly Monitor is selected, the access point will continuously scan the network for excessive noise and sources of interference. Select Static to assign the access point a permanent channel and scan for noise and interference only when initialized.

Configure as a Sensor Radio - Select this option to dedicate the radio to sensor support exclusively. When functioning as a sensor, the radio scans in sensor mode across all channels within the 2.4 and 5.0GHz bands to identify potential threats within the access point managed network. If dedicating a radio as a sensor resource, a primary and secondary ADSP server must be specified as an ADSP management resource. NOTE If configuring an AP-6521 model access point as a sensor, the access point will require a reboot before its sensor functionality is invoked. The reboot can take place at the completion of the Initial AP Setup Wizard.

Disable the Radio - Select this option to disable this radio, thus prohibiting it from either providing WLAN or sensor support. Verify this course action with your network administrator before rendering the radio offline. 18. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Wireless LAN Setting screen to define network address and security settings for two WLAN configurations available to the access point as part of the Initial AP Setup Wizard. Once the access point has an initial configuration defined, numerous additional WLAN configurations can be set. Defining a Basic Configuration 31 19. Set the following parameters for each of the two WLAN configurations available as part of this Initial AP Setup Wizard:

SSID - Enter or modify the Services Set Identification (SSID) associated with the WLAN. The WLAN name is auto-generated using the SSID until changed by the user. The maximum number of characters is 32. Do not use < > | & \ ? , This is a required parameter for each WLAN. 32 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide

WLAN Type - Set the data protection scheme used by clients and access points within the WLAN. The following options are available:

No Authentication and no Encryption - Select this option to provide no security between the access point and connected clients on this WLAN.

Captive Portal Authentication and No Encryption - Select this option to use a Web page (either internally or externally hosted) to authenticate users before access is granted to the network. If using this option, define whether a local or external RADIUS authentication resource is used.

PSK Authentication and WPA2 Encryption - Select the option to implement a pre-

shared key that must be correctly shared between the access point and requesting clients using this WLAN. If using this option, specify a WPA key in either ASCII (8-63 characters) or HEX (64 characters) format.

EAP Authentication and WPA2 Encryption - Select this option to authenticate clients within this WLAN through the exchange and verification of certificates. If using this option, define whether a local or external RADIUS authentication resource is used.

WPA Key - If a WPA key is required (PSK Authentication and WPA2 Encryption), enter an alphanumeric string of 8 to 63 ASCII characters or 64 HEX characters as the primary string both transmitting and receiving authenticators must share. The alphanumeric string allows character spaces. This passphrase saves the administrator from entering the 256-bit key each time keys are generated.

RADIUS Server - If the WLAN type requires a RADIUS server to validate user credentials, designate whether the access point is using an External RADIUS Server resource or the access point's own Onboard RADIUS Server. If using an external RADIUS server resource, provide the IP address of the external server and the shared secret used to authenticate the request. NOTE If using the access points onboard RADIUS server, an additional RADIUS Server Configuration screen displays within the Navigation Panel on the left-hand side of the screen. Use this screen to create user accounts validated when the access point authenticates client connection requests to the onboard RADIUS server. 20. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the RADIUS Server Configuration screen if the access points onboard RADIUS server is required to validate user requests. If an onboard RADIUS server is not required, the Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Country/

Date/Time screen to set device deployment, administrative contact and system time information. Defining a Basic Configuration 33 21. Refer to the Username, Password, Description and Actions columns to review credentials of existing RADIUS Server user accounts. Add new accounts or edit the properties of existing accounts as updates are required. 34 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 22. Refer to the Add On-Board RADIUS Server Users field to set the following parameters for a user account:

Username - If adding a new user account, create a username up to X characters in length. The username cannot be revised if modifying the user configuration. This is a required parameter.

Password - Provide (or modify) a password between X - X characters in length entered each time a requesting client attempts access to the AP managed network using the access point's onboard RADIUS server. This is a required parameter.

Confirm Password - Re-enter (or modify) the password as a means of confirming the password. This is a required parameter.

Description - Optionally provide a description of the user account as means of further differentiating it from others. 23. When completed, select Add User to commit a new user, Modify User to commit a modified user or Reset to clear the screen without updating the configuration. Selecting Reset clears the field of all entered user account information. 24. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Country/Date/Time screen to set device deployment, administrative contact and system time information. The system time can either be set manually or be supplied by a dedicated Network Time Protocol (NTP) resource. Defining a Basic Configuration 35 25. Refer to the Country and Time Zone field to set the following device deployment information:

Location - Define the location of the access point. The Location parameter acts as a reminder of where the AP can be located within the Motorola Solutions managed wireless network. 36 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide

Contact - Specify the contact information for the administrator. The credentials provided should accurately reflect the individual responding to service queries.

Country - Select the Country where the access point is deployed. The access point prompts for the correct country code on the first login. A warning message also displays stating an incorrect country setting may result in illegal radio operation. Selecting the correct country is central to legal operation. Each country has its own regulatory restrictions concerning electromagnetic emissions and the maximum RF signal strength that can be transmitted. This is a required parameter.

Time Zone - Set the time zone where the access point is deployed. This is a required parameter. The setting should be complimentary with the selected deployment country. If an NTP resource is unavailable, set the System Date and Time (calendar date, time and AM/PM designation). 26. 27. Optionally enter the IP address of a server used to provide system time to the access point. Once the IP address is entered, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) functionality is engaged automatically for synchronization with the NTP resource. 28. If an NTP resource is unavailable, set the System Date and Time (calendar date, time and AM/PM designation). 29. Optionally enter the IP address of a server used to provide system time to the access point. Once the IP address is entered, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) functionality is engaged automatically for synchronization with the NTP resource. 30. Select Next. The Initial AP Setup Wizard displays the Summary and Commit screen to summarize the screens (pages) and settings updated using the Initial AP Setup Wizard. There's no user intervention or additional settings required within this screen. Its an additional means of validating the configuration before its deployed. However, if a screen displays settings not intended as part of the initial configuration, the screen can be selected from within the Navigation Panel and its settings modified accordingly. Defining a Basic Configuration 37 31. If the configuration displays as intended, select the Save/Commit button to implement these settings to the access points configuration. If additional changes are warranted based on the summary, either select the target page from the Navigational Panel, or use the Back and Next buttons to scroll to the target screen. 38 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 4 Specifications 4.1 Electrical Characteristics An AP-6521 Series access point has the following electrical characteristics:

Max DC Power Consumption 12.95W (270mA@48V) 4.2 Physical Characteristics An AP-6521 Series access points has the following physical characteristics:

Dimensions Housing Weight Operating Temperature 6.0 (Length) x 5.5 (Width) x 1.63 (Tall) - Inches 152.4 (Length) x 139.7 (Width) x 41.1 (Tall) - Millimeters Plastic 0.60 lbs/0.272 kg 32F to 104F/0C to 40C Storage Temperature

-40F to 158F/-40C to 70C Operating Humidity 5 to 95% Relative Humidity non-condensing Storage Humidity 85% Relative Humidity non-condensing Operating Altitude

(max) Storage Altitude

(max) Electrostatic Discharge 8,000 ft @ 28C 30,000 ft @ 12C

+/-15kV Air and +/-8kV Contact @ 50% Relative Humidity Specifications 39 4.3 Radio Characteristics An AP-6521 Series access point has the following radio characteristics:

Radio Characteristic Operating Channel (2.4 GHz) AP-6521 High Power Channel 1 to 13 (2412 to 2472 MHz)

*Japan Only - Channel 14 (2484 MHz) Operating Channel (5. GHz) Channels 36 - 165 802.11a Data Rates 802.11b Data Rates 802.11g Data Rates 802.11n Data Rates 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbps 1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbps 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbps MCS0 to MCS15 at both HT20 and HT40 modes Max Transmit Power (2.4GHz) Max Transmit Power (5 GHz) Transmit Power Adjustment 27 dBm 22 dBm 1 dB NOTE Channel 14 is valid only for 802.11b in Japan, 802.11g is not supported. 40 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5 Regulatory Information 5.1 Regulatory Overview This device is approved under the Motorola Solutions brand. This guide applies to Part Numbers AP-6521-60010-US, AP-6521-60020-US, AP-6521-60010-WR and AP-6521-60020-WR. AP-6521 Series access points are approved under MODEL: NCAP-500. All Motorola Solutions devices are designed to be compliant with rules and regulations in locations they are sold and will be labeled as required. Any changes or modifications to Motorola Solutions equipment, not expressly approved by Motorola Solutions, could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Motorola Solutions Access Points must be professionally installed and configured so that the Radio Frequency Output Power will not exceed the maximum allowable limit for the country of operation. Antennas: Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could cause damage and may violate regulations. Use of an unapproved antenna is illegal under FCC regulations subjecting the end user to fines and equipment seizure. 5.2 Wireless Device Country Approvals Regulatory markings, subject to certification, are applied to the device signifying the radio(s) is/are approved for use in the following countries: United States, Canada, Japan, China, S. Korea, Australia, and Europe. Please refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. This is available at http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity Note: For 2.4GHz or 5GHz Products: Europe includes, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. Regulatory Information 41 5.2.1 Country Selection Note for AP & Wireless Controller Select only the country in which you are using the device. Any other selection will make the operation of this device illegal. The US version of the Access Point will only have US listed in the country selection table. The US version will be sold / used in the US protectorates: American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico, US Virgin Islands. 5.2.2 Frequency of Operation FCC and IC 5 GHz Only The use on UNII (Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure) Band 1 5150-5250 MHz is restricted to indoor use only, any other use will make the operation of this device illegal. Industry Canada Statement:

Caution: The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-Channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avertissement: Le dispositive fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bands 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-

5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL 2.4 GHz Only The available channels for 802.11 b/g operation in the US are Channels 1 to 11. The range of channels is limited by firmware. 5.3 Health and Safety Recommendations 5.3.1 Warnings for the use of Wireless Devices Please observe all warning notices with regard to the usage of wireless devices 5.3.2 Potentially Hazardous Atmospheres Fixed Installations You are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio devices in fuel depots, chemical plants etc. and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders). 42 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5.3.3 Safety in Hospitals Wireless devices transmit radio frequency energy and may affect medical electrical equipment. When installed adjacent to other equipment, it is advised to verify that the adjacent equipment is not adversely affected. Pacemakers Pacemaker manufacturers recommended that a minimum of 15cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless device and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with independent research and recommendations by Wireless Technology Research. Persons with Pacemakers:

Should ALWAYS keep the device more than 15cm (6 inches) from their pacemaker when turned ON.

Should not carry the device in a breast pocket.

Should use the ear furthest from the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference.

If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn OFF your device. Other Medical Devices Please consult your physician or the manufacturer of the medical device, to determine if the operation of your wireless product may interfere with the medical device. 5.4 RF Exposure Guidelines 5.4.1 Safety Information Reducing RF ExposureUse Properly Only operate the device in accordance with the instructions supplied. 5.5 International The device complies with internationally recognized standards covering human exposure to electromagnetic fields from radio devices. For information on International human exposure to eletromagnic fields refer to the Motorola Solutions Declaration of Conformity (DoC) at http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity Regulatory Information 43 5.6 EU Remote and Standalone Antenna Configurations To comply with EU RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from all persons. 5.7 US and Canada Co-located statement To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, the antennas used with this transmitter must not be co-located, or operating in conjunction, with any other transmitter/antenna except those already approved in this filling. Remote and Standalone Antenna Configurations To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from all persons. 5.8 Power Supply This device is powered from either a model PWRS-147376-01R 48 volt power supply or a 802.3af compliant power source which is UL approved and certified by the appropriate agencies. 5.9 Radio Frequency Interference RequirementsFCC This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help 44 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide Radio Transmitters (Part 15) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Restricted Band 5.60 5.65 GHz 5.10 Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. 5.10.1 Radio Transmitters For RLAN Devices:

The use of 5 GHz RLANs, for use in Canada, have the following restrictions:

Restricted Band 5.60 5.65 GHz L'utilisation de RLAN de 5 GHz, pour utilisation au Canada est soumise aux restrictions suivantes:

Bande Restreinte de 5,60 5,65 GHz This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry & Science Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Label Marking: The Term "IC:" before the radio certification only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. 5.11 CE Marking and European Economic Area (EEA) The use of 2.4 GHz RLANs, for use through the EEA, have the following restrictions:

Maximum radiated transmit power of 100 mW EIRP in the frequency range 2.400 -2.4835 GHz.

France, outside usage is restricted to 2.4 2.454 GHz.

Italy requires a user license for outside usage. Regulatory Information 45 5.12 Mexico

"La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a lassiguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicialy (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquierinterferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar suoperacin no deseada."

5.13 Statement of Compliance Motorola Solutions hereby, declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. A Declaration of Conformity may be obtained from http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Document+Library/Declaration+of+Conformity. 46 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5.14 Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) English: For EU Customers: All products at the end of their life must be returned to for recycling. For information on how to return product, please go to:

http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Dansk: Til kunder i EU: Alle produkter skal returneres til Symbol til recirkulering, nr de er udtjent. Ls oplysningerne om returnering af produkter p: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Deutsch: Fr Kunden innerhalb der EU: Alle Produkte mssen am Ende ihrer Lebensdauer zum Recycling an Symbol zurckgesandt werden. Informationen zur Rcksendung von Produkten finden Sie unter http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Eesti: EL klientidele: kik tooted tuleb nende eluea lppedes tagastada taaskasutamise eesmrgil Symbol'ile. Lisainformatsiooni saamiseks toote tagastamise kohta klastage palun aadressi: http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Espaol: Para clientes en la Unin Europea: todos los productos debern entregarse a Symbol al final de su ciclo de vida para que sean reciclados. Si desea ms informacin sobre cmo devolver un producto, visite: http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Franais : Clients de l'Union Europenne : Tous les produits en fin de cycle de vie doivent tre retourns Symbol pour recyclage. Pour de plus amples informations sur le retour de produits, consultez : http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Italiano: per i clienti dell'UE: tutti i prodotti che sono giunti al termine del rispettivo ciclo di vita devono essere restituiti a Symbol al fine di consentirne il riciclaggio. Per informazioni sulle modalit di restituzione, visitare il seguente sito Web: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Magyar: Az EU-ban vsrlknak: Minden tnkrement termket a Symbol vllalathoz kell eljuttatni jrahasznosts cljbl. A termk visszajuttatsnak mdjval kapcsolatos tudnivalkrt ltogasson el a http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance weboldalra Regulatory Information 47 Nederlands: Voor klanten in de EU: alle producten dienen aan het einde van hun levensduur naar Symbol te worden teruggezonden voor recycling. Raadpleeg http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance voor meer informatie over het terugzenden van producten. Portugus: Para clientes da UE: todos os produtos no fim de vida devem ser devolvidos Symbol para reciclagem. Para obter informaes sobre como devolver o produto, visite: http:/

/www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. Slovenski: Za kupce v EU: vsi izdelki se morajo po poteku ivljenjske dobe vrniti podjetju Symbol za reciklao. Za informacije o vrailu izdelka obiite: http://www.symbol.com/

environmental_compliance. Suomi: Asiakkaat Euroopan unionin alueella: Kaikki tuotteet on palautettava kierrtettvksi Symbol-yhtin, kun tuotetta ei en kytet. Listietoja tuotteen palauttamisesta on osoitteessa http://www.symbol.com/environmental_compliance. 5.15 TURKISH WEEE Statement of Compliance EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur 5.16 Japan (VCCI) - Voluntary Control Council for Interference Class B ITE B This is a Class B product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference from Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this is used near a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference. Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual. 48 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide 5.17 Korea Warning Statement for Class B ITE B

(B )

, . Class B (Broadcasting Communication Device for Home This device obtained EMC registration mainly for home use

(Class B) and may be used in all areas. Use) 5.18 Other Countries 5.18.1 Australia Use of 5 GHz RLANs in Australia is restricted in the following band 5.50 5.65 GHz. 5.18.2 Brazil Regulatory declarations for - BRAZIL Note: The certification mark applied to the AP-6521x is for Restrict Radiation Equipment. This equipment operates on a secondary basis and does not have the right for protection against harmful interference from other users including same equipment types. Also this equipment must not cause interference to systems operating on primary basis. For more information consult the website http://www.anatel.gov.br Declaraes Regulamentares para - Brasil Nota: "A marca de certificao se aplica ao Transceptor, modelo AP-6521x. Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Para maiores informaes sobre ANATEL consulte o site: http://www.anatel.gov.br 5.18.3 Chile Este equipo cumple con la Resolucin No 403 de 2008, de la Subsecretaria de telecomunicaciones, relativa a radiaciones electromagnticas..

"This device complies with the Resolution Not 403 of 2008, of the Undersecretary of telecommunications, relating to electromagnetic radiation. Regulatory Information 49 5.18.4 Mexico Restrict Frequency Range to: 2.450 2.4835 GHz. 5.18.5 Taiwan NOTICE!

According to: Administrative Regulations on Low Power Radio Waves Radiated Devices Article 12 Without permission granted by the DGT, any company, enterprise, or user is not allowed to change frequency, enhance transmitting power or alter original characteristic as well as performance to an approved low power radio-frequency devices. Article 14 The low power radio-frequency devices shall not influence aircraft security and interfere legal communications; If found, the user shall cease operating immediately until no interference is achieved. The said legal communications means radio communications is operated in compliance with the Telecommunications Act. The low power radio-frequency devices must be susceptible with the interference from legal communications or ISM radio wave radiated devices. 50 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide Wireless device operate in the frequency band of 5.25-5.35 GHz, limited for Indoor use only. 5.25-5.35 5.18.6 Korea For radio equipment using 2400~2483.5MHz or 5725~5825MHz, the following expressions should be displayed:

1. This radio equipment can be interfered with during operation. 2. This radio equipment cannot provide a service relevant to human life safety, as it can be crossed through the user manual, etc. Motorola Solutions Enterprise Mobility Support Center 51 6 Motorola Solutions Enterprise Mobility Support Center If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Enterprise Mobility support for your region. Contact information is available by visiting http://supportcentral.motorola.com and after selecting your region, click on the appropriate link under Support for Business. When contacting Enterprise Mobility support, please provide the following information:

Serial number of the unit

Model number or product name

Software type and version number Motorola Solutions responds to calls by email, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements. If you purchased your Enterprise Mobility business product from a Motorola Solutions business partner, contact that business partner for support. 6.1 Customer Support Web Sites Motorola Solutionss Support Central Web site, located at http://supportcentral.motorola.com provides information and online assistance including developer tools, software downloads, product manuals and online repair requests. 6.2 Manuals http://support.symbol.com/support/product/manuals.do 52 AP-6521 Series Access Point Installation Guide MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS INC. 1303 E. ALGONQUIN ROAD SCHAUMBURG, IL 60196 http://www.motorolasolutions.com 72-155456-01 Revision B May 2012

 

 

Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Version 2.0 Rev A April 2012 2012 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. Contents Chapter 1. Antenna Selection and Description 1.1 Antenna Selection. 1-1 1.2 Antenna Selection Criteria . 1-6 1.3 Antenna Accessories for Enterprise WLANs . 1-7 Chapter 2. Product Compatibility 2.1 FCC Compliance. 2-1 2.2 FCC Approval Statement . 2-3 2.3 FCC USA Compaibility Matrix . 2-6 Chapter 3. 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3.1 Supported 802.11b/g/n Antenna Suite. 3-1 Chapter 4. 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4.1 Supported 802.11a/n Antenna Suite . 4-1 Chapter 5. 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5.1 Supported 802.11a/b/g/n Dual Band Antennas . 5-1 Chapter 6. Antenna Cables 6.1 Supported Antenna Cables . 6-1 Chapter 7. Supported Antenna Adapters 7.1 Supported Adapters . 7-1 Chapter 8. Supported Lightning Arrestors 8.1 Lightning Arrestors . 8-1 Chapter 9. Mounting Kits 9.1 Mounting Kit Support . 9-1 Chapter 10. AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10.1 2.4 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections . 10-2 10.2 5 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections. 10-9 TOC-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Chapter 11. AP300 Antenna Connections 11.1 2.4 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections . 11-1 11.2 5 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections . 11-8 Chapter 12. AP7131 Transmit Power 12.1 Configuring the AP7131 Series Transmit Power. 12-1 12.2 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 12-8 12.3 US Regulatory Domain 5.2 GHz Band . 12-13 12.4 Japanese TELEC Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 12-23 12.5 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 5.2 GHz Band . 12-27 Chapter 13. AP650 Regulatory Domains 13.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 13-1 13.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 13-6 13.3 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 13-16 13.4 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band . 13-22 13.5 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 13-34 13.6 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 13-39 Chapter 14. RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 14-1 14.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 14-5 14.3 Canada Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 14-13 14.4 Canada Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band . 14-17 14.5 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 14-25 14.6 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 14-29 14.7 Japan Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 14-37 14.8 Japan Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band . 14-41 Chapter 15. AP-6511 Regulatory Domains 15.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 15-1 15.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 15-2 15.3 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 15-3 15.4 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band. 15-4 15.5 Japan Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band . 15-6 15.6 Japan Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band . 15-7 Chapter 16. AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16.1 AP-621 (Standard Power) US Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band. 16-1 16.2 AP-621 (Standard Power) US Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band . 16-5 16.3 AP-6521 (High Power) US Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band . 16-13 16.4 AP-6521 (High Power) US Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band . 16-17 16.5 AP-621 (Standard Power) EU Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band . 16-25 16.6 AP-621 (Standard Power) EU Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band . 16-29 16.7 AP6521 (High Power) EU Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band . 16-37 16.8 AP-6521 (High Power) EU Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band . 16-41 Appendix A.Technical Support About This Guide Introduction This guide provides a Professional RF engineer a catalog of antennas, parts, and accessories to complete a customized RF instillation of Motorola Solutions Enterprise Access Points. This guide specifically addresses the antennas used for 2.4 GHz, 5.2 GHz and dual band antenna implementations for Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs). Its important to understand that antenna and accessory selection should be qualified by on-site verification with the actual components used. Signal attenuation is cumulative with each connection and component added between the antenna and the radio, so careful study and planning should be used to verify the given arrangement ensures a compliant installation. NOTE: Illustrations displayed in this guide are samples and can differ from the actual antenna. Document Conventions The following conventions are used in this document to draw your attention to important information:

NOTE: Indicate tips or special requirements.

CAUTION: Indicates conditions that can cause equipment damage or data loss. WARNING! Indicates a condition or procedure that could result in personal injury or equipment damage. viii Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Notational Conventions The following additional notational conventions are used in this document:

Italics are used to highlight the following:

Chapters and sections in this and related documents

Dialog box, window and screen names

Drop-down list and list box names

Check box and radio button names

Icons on a screen.

GUI text is used to highlight the following:

Screen names

Menu items

Button names on a screen.

bullets () indicate:

Action items

Lists of alternatives

Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential

Sequential lists (those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists. Antenna Selection and Description 1.1 Antenna Selection While several antennas may work in a given environment, some will provide better coverage than others. Using the right antenna in the right location will maximize both the performance and coverage of your network. Understanding the key characteristics that describe how an antenna sends and receives radio frequency signals is critical to finding the ideal antenna for your deployment. This guide supports the antennas used for AP-5131, AP-5181, AP-7131, AP-6511, AP621, AP622 and AP-6521 model access points, AP650 and AP300 (non-integrated antenna) model access port and the RFS4011 Integrated Services Controller. Motorola Solutions Enterprise Wireless LAN products operate in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz ISM bands allocated for unlicensed use. Access point and access port products available today support either the 802.11b/g/n or the 802.11a/n standard, or both. Wireless devices conforming to the 802.11b/g standard operate in the 2.4 GHz ISM band, while 802.11a devices operate in the 5 GHz band. The antennas in this guide are grouped according to the frequency band they support. Some antennas are designed to operate within either band. These antennas (described as "Dual-band") may be connected to radios operating in either the 2.4 or 5 GHz bands, although a single antenna may not be connected to two radios at the same time. 1-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 1.1.1 Connector Types and Definitions There are combinations of antenna types and cables required to provide a satisfactory connection to the AP. One confusing factor is reverse polarity. Reverse polarity is the FCC's requirement for each WLAN manufacturer to have unique access point connectors. Motorola Solutions had previously standardized our offerings for access points/ports:

2.4 GHz is Reverse polarity BNC female (RP-BNC-F)

5 GHz is reverse polarity SMA female (RP-SMA-F)

Dual Band is reverse polarity SMA female (for AP-5131), and N-Female (for AP-5181). NOTE: Reverse polarity presents confusion because of a lack of a standardized definition from connector manufactures. Reverse polarity provides a center element, which should not be confused with a male connector. A male connector is defined by the outer jacket of the connector rather than the center element. The following are the connectors used within this guide:

Figure 1.1 RP-BNC-F Figure 1.2 RP-BNC-M Antenna Selection and Description 1-3 Figure 1.3 RP-SMA-F Figure 1.4 RP-SMA-M 1-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Additionally, antennas deployed outdoors and industry standard accessories (like lightening arrestors) use Type-N connectors (as displayed below). Therefore, with the combinations devices required

(access points/ports, antennas, cable extensions, and lightening arrestors), various adapter cables are required to connect an antenna to an access point/port. Figure 1.5 Type N-F Figure 1.6 Type N-M Antenna Selection and Description 1-5 1.1.2 Indoor and Outdoor Antennas One important aspect of an antenna is whether it is weather sealed to protect it from the environment Because of this extra protection, outdoor antennas are typically more expensive than those rated for indoor use. Outdoor antennas can be used for indoor applications, such as freezers and cooler where moisture is common. Outdoor antennas can be used for indoor applications, but indoor applications should not be used in outdoor applications. One common distinction of outdoor antennas is the connector. Since lightning protection is always advised for outdoor antennas, these antennas typically have Type N Male to directly attach the lightning arrestor. This is true of 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and dual-band outdoor antennas. 1.1.3 Spectrum and Part Number Designations The antennas listed in this document are ultimately referenced by part number. A numerical sequence is used within each antennas part number to identify the spectrum supported by the antennas.

The antenna part numbers with a 2499 indicates a 2.4 GHz antenna. For more information on the 2.4 GHz antenna suite, see 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite on page 3-1.

The antenna part numbers with a 5299 indicates a 5 GHz antenna. For more information on the 2.4 GHz antenna suite, see 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite on page 4-1.

The antenna part numbers with a 2452 indicates a dual band antenna (2.4GHz and 5 GHz). For more information on the 2.4 GHz antenna suite, see 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite on page 5-1. 1.1.4 Extended AP to Antenna Cable Lengths Most indoor antennas are intended to be mounted directly to the AP's connectors. Some mounting arrangements call for positioning the AP a significant distance away from the antenna due to serviceability or other reason. In these situations, various adapters and cable extensions are required. In these situations be mindful of:

The connector on the AP

The connector on the antenna

The spectrum being implemented

Signal loss due to multiple connectors and long cable lengths Combinations of these attributes present different parts required to complete the connection. The Product Compatibility matrix addresses the parts required to make a proper connection. For more information, see FCC Compliance on page 2-1. 1-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 1.2 Antenna Selection Criteria In addition to antenna frequency, there is other criteria to consider when selecting an antenna. 1.2.1 Antenna Pattern 1.2.1.1 Omni-Directional Signal radiates from the antenna in all directions on the horizontal plane. 1.2.1.2 Directional Signal radiates in a specific direction, typically described as a beam of given width, expressed in degrees in the horizontal and vertical plane. For more information, see Azimuth 3dB Beamwidth on page 1-7 and Elevation 3dB Beamwidth on page 1-7. 1.2.2 Antenna Type 1.2.2.1 Panel A panel antenna is a flat antenna mounted to a wall or other vertical surface and radiates RF energy (radio waves) directionally away from the wall. They usually have gain greater than 5 dBi and are not suitable for omni-directional situations. Ideally suited for long hallways. 1.2.2.2 Patch A patch antenna is a flat antenna mounted on the ceiling but whose pattern is omni-directional. Most of the energy goes out horizontally to the sides of the antenna and equal in all directions. 1.2.2.3 Dipole A dipole antenna is a tubular antenna that can be either a pipe shape, a straight flexible rod or a paddle. This antenna has an omni-directional pattern when placed in a vertical position. It usually has 2 dBi of gain. 1.2.2.4 Dipole Array Essentially a dipole, a dipole array is two or more dipoles that are placed one on top of the other, requiring a longer tube to hold them. The advantage of a dipole array is that it has higher gain. 1.2.2.5 Parabolic Grid A parabolic grid antenna is a very directional, dish-like antenna. Its parabolic reflector focuses the RF energy like a flashlight. Most of the time the radiating element is a dipole, but when combined with the dish, it becomes very directional with gain up to 24 dBi. Usually used in long point-to-point systems. 1.2.2.6 Yagi A yagi antenna is a antenna that has an internal structure resembling that of typical antennas used for TV reception (a series of rods perpendicular to a main rod, making a triangular shape). This is a directional antenna with less gain than the PGA, typically around 13 dBi. It may be used in either point-to-point situations, or to cover a very long, narrow area in point-to-multi-point situations. Antenna Selection and Description 1-7 1.2.3 Antenna Performance Characteristics 1.2.3.1 Frequency The frequency band within which the antenna performs at the stated specifications 1.2.3.2 Gain (dBi) The relative amplification of the antenna with respect to an equivalent isotropic antenna, expressed on the decibel logarithmic scale. 1.2.3.3 Cable loss (dB) The signal strength loss introduced by the cable connected to the antenna expressed on the decibel logarithmic scale. 1.2.3.4 Net gain (dBi) The resulting amplification of the antenna paired with its cable. 1.2.3.5 Polarization The orientation of the electrical field which the antenna is optimized to receive. If the transmitting and receiving antennas are both linear polarized, then turning one 90 so that they are cross polarized will reduce the range significantly. 1.2.3.6 VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) is the ratio of maximum voltage to minimum voltage along the line. Expresses the degree of match between the transmission line and the terminating element (antenna). When VSWR is 1:1 the match is perfect, a VSWR of 1.5:1 corresponds to 96% power efficiency. 1.2.3.7 Azimuth 3dB Beamwidth Width of the antenna beam on the horizontal plane expressed in degrees. 1.2.3.8 Elevation 3dB Beamwidth Height of the antenna beam on the vertical plane expressed in degrees. 1.3 Antenna Accessories for Enterprise WLANs Motorola Solutions offers a complete selection of antennas and accessories to ensure optimal coverage and performance for wireless LANs. Regardless of the size or layout of your environment, from a small office or storefront to campus-wide, multiple-site, indoor and outdoor deployments, Motorola Solutions offers the antennas, cables and accessories designed to fit your needs. By combining this portfolio with a broad line of wireless switches, access ports, access points, client connectivity cards, ruggedized mobile voice/data devices and network management software, as well as wireless mobility planning and deployment services, Motorola Solutions offers comprehensive end-to-end wireless enterprise LAN solutions, giving you secure, reliable access to your critical business data and applications at the point of activity. For more information on Motorola Solutions's wireless products, visit www.motorolasolutions.com. 1-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 1.3.1 Choosing the Right Antenna and accessories for your WLAN It is important to consider a number of factors when choosing an antenna and accessories for your Motorola Solutions enterprise WLAN. To choose the right components, you'll need to know:

Where is the antenna to be installed, and what type of coverage is required. Knowing the intended radio band is central. Determine if the intended radio coverage area supports dual 2.4/5.2 band traffic. Has the antenuation of the coverage been discerned in respect to known barriers.

The band (802.11b/g/n or 802.11a/n) your network supports

Which Motorola Solutions AP to use

Whether you will be deploying the network indoors or outdoors

The distance between AP and antenna, to determine extender cable length, if any

The serviceablity requirement for each AP and antenna deployment Review the chart to determine which antennas suit your needs. Using the part numbers provided, determine which of the antennas will work with your hardware in your environment. Product Compatibility To find the right antenna and accessories for your deployment:

Find your access point or access port model at the top of the chart (refer to the chart on the following page). Follow that column down to find the antennas, cables and lightning arrestors compatible with that model access port or access point. Write those part numbers down.

Follow the row antenna across the table to the columns for the lightning arrestors and cables you wrote down to confirm that they compatible with the antenna you've chosen and determine if an adaptor is required to connect the two selected parts. 2.1 FCC Compliance Motorola Solutions enterprise Access Points are approved by the FCC with the understanding that these devices are Professionally Installed. Under FCC regulations, this allows the Professional Installers the flexibility to configure the Access Points for each specific customers needs and insure a compliant installation. The antennas offered in our portfolio have different coverage patterns and antenna gains to meet the needs of different installation requirements and require careful planning. The Access Point transmitter power must be adjusted by the professional installer based on the specific antenna and other installation components used in the installation to ensure compliant operation. A professional installer must:

Have a good understanding of RF theory

Be able to calculate a link budget for a given transmitter configuration. For example, Conducted Output Power + Cabling Losses + Mechanical Connection Losses + Antenna Gain = Output Power (This output power should be equal or lower than the Maximum Power as listed on the FCC Grant for a transmitter)

Be familiar with both the mechanical and software tools required to configure and adjust the transmitter being installed

Understand basic FCC regulations for the site specific location and installation requirements of the various radio products being installed

Understand basic antenna operational theory and standard industry antenna installation practices

Be certified by local authorities to install electrical devices. 2-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide WARNING! OPERATING A TRANSMITTER THAT IS CONFIGURED FOR INDOOR USE IN AN OUTDOOR ENVIORNMENT IS AGAINST FCC REGULATIONS AND SUBJECT TO FCC ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AGAINST BOTH THE INSTALLER AND THE OPERATOR. 2.1.1 Outdoor Access Point Installations The FCC regulations for the indoor and outdoor installation are different; the professional installer must configure the Access Point transmitters accordingly. Products that are specifically intended to be placed outdoors are configured at the factory for compliant outdoor operation. Motorola Solutions recommends professional installers review the following to assess the legality of outdoor deplyments:

If a transmitter is placed indoors but the antenna is placed outdoors, the FCC interprets this as an outdoor installation

If a transmitter is placed indoors and the antenna is oriented to intentionally radiate outdoors, the FCC interprets this as an outdoor installation

If the transmitter is placed on a loading dock or inside a covered stadium with a retractable cover, the FCC views this as an outdoor installation The Federal Communications Commission (FCC), the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) have an ongoing investigation of interference caused to Terminal Doppler Weather Radar (TDWR) systems operating in the 5600-5650 MHz band. TDWRs are used to detect wind shear and other weather conditions near airports. The interference at most locations was attributed to fixed wireless transmitters operating outdoors in the vicinity of airports at high elevations that are line-of-sight to the TDWR installations (5 GHz network equipment). In some instances, the interference was caused by equipment that was not properly certified or configured. In other instances, equipment was FCC certified nonetheless caused interference. The FCC has taken appropriate enforcement action in each of these cases. If everything is determined to be compliant - the FCC orders the interfering transmitter turned off or adjustments be made such that there is no more interference; any non-compliance determined is resolved with an enforcement action. On 14 OCTOBER 2010 the FCC published the following notice that requests that devices operating in the 5.4 GHz band located near the appended list of airports register these devices. A voluntary WISPA sponsored database has been developed that allows operators and installers to register the location information of the UNII devices operating outdoors in the 5470 - 5725 MHz band within 35 km of any TDWR location. NOTE: Motorola Solutions strongly encourages the voluntary registration of all outdoor installations at http://www.spectrumbridge.com/udia/home.aspx. 2.2 FCC Approval Statement Product Compatibility 2-3 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division Interim Plans to Approve UNII Devices Operating in the 5470 - 5725 MHz Band with Radar Detection and DFS Capabilities The FCC, NTIA, FAA and industry are working to resolve interference to Terminal Doppler Weather Radar

(TDWR) systems used near airports that has occurred from some outdoor wireless systems operating in the 5470 MHz 5725 MHz band. These wireless devices are subject to Section 15.407 of our rules and when operating as a master device they are required to implement radar detection and DFS functions. We are continuing our work to develop long-term equipment authorization test procedures that will ensure that the devices comply with our rules that include protecting the TDWR operations. In the interim, the Commission will now allow certification of wireless master devices with radar detection function and with DFS capability, if they meet the following conditions:

Devices will not transmit on channels which overlap the 5600 5650 MHz band.1

Devices intended for outdoor use will be further restricted, as follows:

Devices must be professionally installed when operating in the 5470 5725 MHz band.2

Grantees must provide owners, operators and all such installers with specific instructions in their users manual on requirements to avoid interference to TDWRs and information that meets the following instructions:

Any installation of either a master or a client device within 35 km of a TDWR location shall be separated by at least 30 MHz (center-to-center) from the TDWR operating frequency (as shown in the attached table) 3, 4, and 5. 1 The devices subject to the requirements in this KDB can select the initial channel for operation to avoid TDWRs and apply the Uniform Channel Spreading requirements (see FCC 06-96 in ET Docket 03-122 released June 30, 2006) on the remaining available frequency band of operation. All the other test procedures including the test radar patterns remain the same at the present time. A revision to the measurement procedure with modification to the Uniform Channel Spreading requirement and other changes will be released in the future. The Commission will also address the issue of any field upgrade option at that time. 2 The grantee must identify the specific expertise and the training required by the installers for installing these types of devices. 3 In some instances it is possible that a device may be within 35 km of multiple TDWRs. In this case the device must ensure that it avoids operation within 30 MHz for each of the TDWRs. This requirement applies even if the master is outside the 35 km radius but communicates with outdoor clients which may be within the 35 km radius of the TDWRs. 4 The requirement for ensuring 30 MHz frequency separation is based on the best information available to date. If interference is not eliminated, a distance limitation based on line-of-sight from TDWR will need to be used. In addition, devices with bandwidths greater than 20 MHz may require greater frequency separation.

Procedures for the installers and the operators on how to register the devices in the industry-sponsored database with the appropriate information regarding the location and operation of the device and installer information is included.6

Devices must meet all of the other requirements specified in Section 15.407, and it is prohibited to include configuration controls (e.g. country code settings or other options to modify DFS functions) to change the frequency of operations to any frequency other than those specified on the grant of certification for US operation.7 2-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide

All applications for equipment authorization must clearly show compliance with all of the technical requirements under worst case parameters, under user or operator control, based on frame rates, listen/talk ratios and user data transfer conditions. All the devices subject to the DFS requirements must be submitted to the Commissions Laboratory Division for pre-grant testing and equipment authorization.8 The applicant must ensure that all equipment authorization applications subject to this interim procedure include appropriate attestations that the device has no option to change the DFS parameters and that transmissions are disabled at least in the 5600 5650 MHz band. The application must include the users manual with the appropriate installation and operations requirements for the installers and operators. We are continuing to evaluate additional measures that may need to be taken to further ensure against interference caused by 5 GHz outdoor wireless systems located near airports. While manufacturers have an obligation to ensure that their equipment complies with FCC rules, and must take steps to ensure their devices are unlikely to cause harmful interference, Section 15.5 of the Commissions rules also places an obligation on users of devices to avoid causing interference and to correct any interference that may occur. We encourage the manufacturers to include information for the users, including the operators and installers, to ensure that they understand that it is incumbent on them to cooperate with manufacturers to implement any changes necessary to facilitate compliance. 5 Devices may be optionally designed not to transmit on channels which overlap 5570 5680 MHz instead of requiring installers to perform site-by-site adjustments. In that case it is still required that the devices should be installed professionally and the procedures for registering the device in the industry database should be included in the Users Manual. 6 A voluntary WISPA sponsored database has been developed that allows operators and installers to register the location information of the UNII devices operating outdoors in the 5470 5725 MHz band within 35 km of any TDWR location (see http://www.spectrumbridge.com/udia/home.aspx). This database may be used by government agencies in order to expedite resolution of any interference to TDWRs. 7 For example, device software must not have any country code options or software configuration settings which allow an end user to modify the DFS operation or impact the performance of DFS. See KDB 594280. 8 The TCBs are not permitted to approve transmitters with radar detection capabilities. See KDB 628591. 9 The manufacturers may consider taking steps providing clear instructions to operators and installers of devices as to the need to comply with rules for use of the band, guidance on registration of devices and any other processes that are designed to avoid interference. They may use methods that include, but are not limited to, instructions in manuals, notification on product web pages and service bulletins issued for products in the field. TDWR Location Information*

STATE CITY LONGITUDE LATITUDE FREQUENCY AZ CO FL FL FL FL FL PHOENIX DENVER W 112 09 46 N 33 25 14 5610 MHz W 104 31 35 N 39 43 39 5615 MHz FT LAUDERDALE W 080 20 39 N 26 08 36 MIAMI W 080 29 28 N 25 45 27 ORLANDO W 081 19 33 N 28 20 37 TAMPA W 082 31 04 N 27 51 35 WEST PALM BEACH W 080 16 23 N 26 41 17 5645 MHz 5605 MHz 5640 MHz 5620 MHz 5615 MHz TERRAIN ELEVATION

(MSL) [ft]

ANTENNA HEIGHT ABOVE TERRAIN [ft]

1024 5643 7 10 72 14 20 64 64 113 113 97 80 113 STATE CITY LONGITUDE LATITUDE FREQUENCY Product Compatibility 2-5 TERRAIN ELEVATION

(MSL) [ft]

ANTENNA HEIGHT ABOVE TERRAIN [ft]

GS IL IL IN KS KY KY LA MA MD MD MD MI MN MO MO MS NC NC NJ NJ NV NY OH OH OH OK ATLANTA MCCOOK W 084 15 44 N 33 38 48 W 087 51 31 N 41 47 50 CRESTWOOD W 087 43 47 N 41 39 05 INDIANAPOLIS W 086 26 08 N 39 38 14 WICHITA W 097 26 13 N 37 30 26 COVINGTON CINNCINNATI W 084 34 48 N 38 53 53 LOUISVILLE W 085 36 38 N 38 02 45 NEW ORLEANS W 090 24 11 N 30 01 18 BOSTON W 070 56 01 N 42 09 30 BRANYWINE W 076 50 42 N 38 41 43 BENFIELD CLINTON DETROIT W 076 37 48 N 39 05 23 W 076 57 43 N 38 45 32 W 083 30 54 N 42 06 40 MINNEAPOLIS W 092 55 58 N 44 52 17 KANSAS CITY W 094 44 31 N 39 29 55 SAINT LOUIS W 090 29 21 N 38 48 20 DESOTO COUNTY W 089 59 33 N 34 53 45 CHARLOTTE W 080 53 06 N 35 20 14 RALEIGH DURHAM W 078 41 50 N 36 00 07 WOODBRIDGE W 074 16 13 N 40 35 37 PENNSAUKEN W 075 04 12 N 39 56 57 LAS VEGAS W 115 00 26 N 36 08 37 FLOYD BENNETT FIELD W 073 52 49 N 40 35 20 DAYTON W 084 07 23 N 40 01 19 CLEVELAND W 082 00 28 N 41 17 23 COLUMBUS W 082 42 55 N 40 00 20 AERO. CTR TDWR #1 W 097 37 31 N 35 24 19 5615 MHz 5615 MHz 5645 MHz 5605 MHz 5603 MHz 5610 MHz 5646 MHz 5645 MHz 5610 MHz 5635 MHz 5645 MHz 5615 MHz 5615 MHz 5610 MHz 5605 MHz 5610 MHz 5610 MHz 5608 MHz 5647 MHz 5620 MHz 5610 MHz 5645 MHz 5647 MHz 5640 MHz 5645 MHz 5605 MHz 5610 MHz 962 646 663 751 1270 942 617 2 151 233 184 249 656 1040 1040 551 371 757 400 19 39 1995 8 922 817 1037 1285 113 97 113 97 80 97 113 97 113 113 113 97 113 80 64 97 113 113 113 113 113 64 97 97 113 113 80 2-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide STATE CITY LONGITUDE LATITUDE FREQUENCY TERRAIN ELEVATION

(MSL) [ft]

ANTENNA HEIGHT ABOVE TERRAIN [ft]

W 097 37 43 N 35 23 34 5620 MHz 1293 AERO. CTR TDWR #2 TULSA OKLAHOMA CITY HANOVER SAN JUAN NASHVILLE HOUSTON INTERCONTL DALLAS LOVE FIELD LEWISVILLE DFW OK OK OK PA PR TN TX TX TX TX UT VA WI W 095 49 34 N 36 04 14 W 097 30 36 N 35 16 34 W 080 29 10 N 40 30 05 W 066 10 46 N 18 28 26 W 086 39 42 N 35 58 47 W 095 34 01 N 30 03 54 5605 MHz 5603 MHz 5615 MHz 5610 MHz 5605 MHz 5605 MHz 5645 MHz 5608 MHz PEARLAND W 095 14 30 N 29 30 59 W 096 58 06 N 32 55 33 W 096 55 05 N 33 03 53 5640 MHz SALT LAKE CITY W 111 55 47 N 40 58 02 LEESBURG W 077 31 46 N 39 05 02 MILWAUKEE W 088 02 47 N 42 49 10 5610 MHz 5605 MHz 5603 MHz 712 1195 1266 59 722 154 36 541 554 4219 361 820 97 113 64 113 113 97 97 80 80 31 80 113 113 2.3 FCC USA Compaibility Matrix The following (on the next two pages) displays Motorola Solutions FCC approved AP radio, antenna, cable and accessory combinations for use in the United States for both current and legacy access points:

Product Compatibility 2-7 AP Radios Cables LAs N 1 3 1 7 P A 7 Z U

) 1 3 1 7 P A 7 S U

) 2 8 B M 7 Z U

) 2 8 B M 7 Z U

) 6 P A 7 Z U

) 6 P A 7 Z U

) 1 0 1 6 1 7 P A E J Q

) 2 2 6 0 P A 7 Z U 3 3 3 3

7

3

3

3

7 7 3 N G B A 1 2 6

P A N G B A 1 2 5 6

P A N G B A 1 6 1 7

P A N B G A 0 5 6

P A 3 N B N N N G B G G A G B B A A N A 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 5 1 1 6 6 7 7

P P P P A A A A 3 3 X X X 3 3 7 X X X X X 7 7 3 X X X X X 3 3 3 3 X 3 3 7 X X X X X X 7 7 X X X X X 7 7 7 X X *

7 7 7 7 7 X X X X 7 3 X 3 3 3 3 7 X X X X X X *

7 X X X X X X *

3 X X X X X 3 3 3 3 X 3 3

* X *

X 7 X X X X X 7 7 X X * X X X 7 7 7 X X *

7 7 5

X X X X X X *

7 X X X X X X * X

* X *

* X X X X X X

* X *

* X *

X X X X X X X *

X X X X X X X *

* X *

X X X X X X *

7 7 X X X X X X *

7 7

* X *

7 X X X X X 7 7

* X X X X X X

* X X X X X X

* X X X X

X * X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

* X *

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 X X X X 7 7 7 7

7 7

R 1 0

1 K A L

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

2 K A L

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

1 K A L

2 5 4 2

L M 2

2 M M 2 2

2 2 X X X X * X X * X 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 X X X 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 X X X X X X R 1 0

K J 0 0 1

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 0 1

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 5 2

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 0 5

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

J P 2 7

9 9 4 1

L 1 1 1 M 1 M 1 M 1 M M 1

A A A A X 1

X X X X X

* X

* X

A A A A X A A A A X 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1

X X X X X

* X

A A A A X A A A A X 4 4 X 4 4

4 4 4 4 4 X 4 4 4 X X X X X X X X X X X A A A A X A A A A X

* X

* X

* X ML-2499-11PNA2-01R ML-2499-5PNL-72-N ML-2499-7PNA2-01R ML-2499-APA2-01 ML-2499-BPNA3-01R ML-2499-BYGA2-01R ML-2499-FHPA5-01R ML-2499-FHPA9-01R ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2499-HPA4-01 ML-2499-HPA8-01 ML-2499-PNAHD-01R ML-2499-SD3-01R ML-5299-APA1-01R ML-5299-BYGA15-012 ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-5299-FHPA6-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-5299-HPA5-01 ML-5299-HPA10-01 ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2452-APA2-02 ML-2452-APAG2A1-01 ML-2452-APAG2A1-02 ML-2452-HPA5-036 ML-2452-HPAG4A6-01 ML-2452-HPAG5A8-01 ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-2452-PNA7-01R ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 ML-2452-PTA6X6-036 ML-1499-LAK1-01R ML-1499-LAK2-01R ML-2452-LAK1-01R ML-1499-100JK-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R ML-1499-25JK-01R ML-1499-50JK-01R ML-1499-72PJ-01R z H G 4

. 2 s a n n e t n A z H G 5 d n a B

l a u D s A L l s e b a C 1 ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 2 ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 3 25-72178-01 4 25-90262-01R 5 25-90263-01R 6 25-85391-01R 7 25-85392-01R 8 must use ML-1499-LAK1-01R 9 25-97261-01R A 25-99175-01R

* Compatible X Not compatible Not required 2-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide AP Radios Cables LAs R 1 0

K J 0 0 1

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 0 1

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 5 2

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

K J 0 5

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

J P 2 7

9 9 4 1

L M 1 1

1*

1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 M 1 M 1*

1*

1*

1*

M 1 A A A A X 1 X X X X X

* X

* X

A A A A X A A A A X 1 1 1 X X X X X

* X

A A A A X A A A A X 4 X 4 4 4 X 4 4 X X X X X X X X X X X A A A A X A A A A X 4 4 4 4 4 4

R 1 0

1 K A L

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

2 K A L

9 9 4 1

L R 1 0

1 K A L

2 5 4 2

L M 2

2 M M 2 2

2 2 X X X X * X X * X 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 X X X 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 X X X X X X

) g b 0 0 2 5 P A S W P 9 H

) 0 0 1 5 P A S W P 9 H

) 1 3 1 5 A P 9 H

) 1 8 1 5 A P 9 H G

1 1 B

3 8 0 0 1 1 0 0 5 5 3 3

P P P P A A A A 3 X

8*

X 8 3 X

* X X

9 X X 9 6 X 9 9 8 9*

8 8 X *

8 3 X

3 X

* X X

* X * X X X X X X X X *

X X X *

* X * X

* X X X

* X * X

* X

* X

* X *

X X X *

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

* X

* X

* X X * X X X X

* X *

7 X 7 7 X 7 7 X 7 7 X 7

* X X ML-2499-11PNA2-01R ML-2499-5PNL-72-N ML-2499-7PNA2-01R ML-2499-APA2-01 ML-2499-BPNA3-01R ML-2499-BYGA2-01R ML-2499-FHPA5-01R ML-2499-FHPA9-01R ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2499-PNAHD-01R ML-2499-SD3-01R ML-5299-APA1-01R ML-5299-BYGA15-012 ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-5299-FHPA6-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2452-APA2-02 ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-2452-PNA7-01R ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 ML-2452-HPA5-036 ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 ML-2452-APA6J-01 ML-2452-APAG2A1-01 ML-2452-APAG2A1-02 ML-1499-LAK1-01R ML-1499-LAK2-01R ML-2452-LAK1-01R ML-1499-100JK-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R ML-1499-25JK-01R ML-1499-50JK-01R ML-1499-72PJ-01R z H G 4

. 2 s a n n e t n A z H G 5 l a u D s A L l s e b a C 1 ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 2 ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 3 25-72178-01 4 25-90262-01R 5 25-90263-01R 6 25-85391-01R 7 25-85392-01R 8 must use ML-1499-LAK1-01R 9 25-97261-01R A 25-99175-01R

* Compatible X Not compatible Not required 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3.1 Supported 802.11b/g/n Antenna Suite Motorola Solutions supports numerous single-band 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n antennas to suit the requirements of your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as newly supported 802.11b/g/n antennas will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported 802.11b/g/n antenna models, refer to:

ML-2499-5PNL-72-N Outdoor 135 Panel Antenna: Male Connector

ML-2499-7PNA2-01R Indoor 60 Diversity Panel: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-11PNA2-01R 97Sector Panel: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-APA2-01R Indoor Rubber Flex, Elbow Joint Dipole: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-BPNA3-01R Outdoor 35 High-Gain Directional Panel: Type N - Female

ML-2499-BYGA2-01R Outdoor 35 High-Gain Directional Yagi: N Female

ML-2499-HPA3-01R High Performance Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-PNAHD-01R Indoor 55Directional Panel: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-SD3-01R Low Profile Ceiling/Surface Mount Omni-Directional Patch: RP-BNC Male

ML-2499-FHPA5-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N Male Connector

ML-2499-FHPA9-01R High Performance Fixed Point Dipole: Male Connector

ML-2499-HPA4-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni Antenna: N Male Connector

ML-2499-HPA8-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni Antenna: N Male Connector

ML-2499-7PNA2-02R Outdoor 60 Diversity Panel: RP-SMA Male

ML-2499-HPA3-02R 11BGN, DP, 3dBi, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-Male

ML-2499-PNAHD-02R 11BGN, 65 Patch, 7.5 dBI, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-M

ML-2499-SD3-02R 11BGN, 50 Patch Omni, 4 dBI, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-M NOTE: For examples on how various antenna and connectors are deployed in a 2.4 GHz AP-5131 installation, see 2.4 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections. 3-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.1 ML-2499-5PNL-72-N Outdoor 135 Panel Antenna: Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 2400-2500 MHz 5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 135 3dB Beamwidth: 56 72 RG-58 Ultralink Type N Male 0.5 lb No Yes Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-3 09 0.7342)zHM( tF tiraloP y V tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd MP 10:02:21 5002/31/9 081 072 htdiwmaeB

)iBd( evA htdiwmaeB 1.431 17.5 nrettaP htumizA 0.7342)zHM( tF zroHtiraloP y MP 22:70:21 5002/31/9 09 081 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiwmaeB

)iBd( evA htdiwmaeB 6.27 23.6 nrettaP noitavelE 3-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.2 ML-2499-7PNA2-01R Indoor 60 Diversity Panel: RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel x 2 (Diversity) 2400-2500 MHz 6.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 80 3dB Beamwidth: 55 48 RG-58 Ultralink RP-BNC Male x 2 0.6 lbs No Yes No tuC zA 10-2ANP7-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-5 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 7.95 MP 92:05:2 3002/21/11 tuC htumizA tuC lE 10-2ANP7-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd MP 62:35:2 3002/21/11 tuC noitavelE 072 htdiw maeB

() 1.75 3-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.3 ML-2499-11PNA2-01R 97Sector Panel: RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 2400-1500 MHz 11 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 120 3dB Beamwidth: 13 96 RG-58 Ultralink RP-BNC Male 1.5 lb No Yes Yes tuC zA 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM tuC zA 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM tuC zA 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM 09 09 09 081 081 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-7 tF tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 0.0542 tiraloP tiraloP tiraloP y V tre tre tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 072 072 htdiw maeB htdiw maeB

() 6.89 6.89 MP 84:74:7 3002/21/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM tuC lE 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM tuC lE 10-2ANP11-9942-LMledoM tF (

tF zHM ) 0.0542 0.0542 tiraloP tiraloP tiraloP y V tre tre tre 09 09 09 081 081 081 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd MP 40:55:7 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 072 072 072 htdiw maeB htdiw maeB

() 7.31 7.31 3-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.4 ML-2499-APA2-01R Indoor Rubber Flex, Elbow Joint Dipole: RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole 2400-2500 MHz 2 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 60 0 N/A RP-BNC Male 0.075 lbs No N/A No tuC zA 10-2APA-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-9 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 6.282 MP 14:31:4 3002/21/11 A nrettaP htumiz tuC lE 10-2APA-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 6.61 MP 42:80:4 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-10 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.5 ML-2499-BPNA3-01R Outdoor 35 High-Gain Directional Panel: Type N - Female 10.13 .04 10.13 .04 1.58 .04 5.14 Panel (Outdoor) 2400-2500 MHz 13.9 10.9 (minimum cable configuration) 3 (minimum cable configuration) Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 35 3dB Beamwidth: 28 Use minimum configuration (or more) Varies per cable configuration Type N Female 1.5 lb N/A N/A Yes Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Net Gain (dBi) Cable Loss (dB) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated tuC zA 10-3ANPB-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-11 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.51 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 3.13 MP 00:94:4 3002/21/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-3ANPB-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.51 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 1.82 MP 04:44:4 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-12 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.6 ML-2499-BYGA2-01R Outdoor 35 High-Gain Directional Yagi: N Female 26.44 1.40 3.73 Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Net Gain (dBi) Cable Loss (dB) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Power Weight Yagi (Outdoor) 2400-2500 MHz 14.1 11.1 (minimum cable configuration) 3 (minimum cable configuration) Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 35 3dB Beamwidth: 30 12 Varies per the cable configuration used Type N - Female 50 W 1.25 lbs tuC zA 10-2AGYB-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-13 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.51 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 8.72 MP 01:85:5 3002/21/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-2AGYB-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.51 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 2.72 MP 20:00:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-14 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.7 ML-2499-HPA3-01R High Performance Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna:

RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole Array 2400-2500 MHz 4.7 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 31 48 RG-58 Ultralink RP-BNC Male 0.3 lbs No Yes Yes (in a cable down orientation) tuC zA 10-3APH-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-15 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 3 06 MP 31:22:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-3APH-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 3.41 MP 01:91:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-16 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.8 ML-2499-PNAHD-01R Indoor 55Directional Panel: RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 2400-2500 Mhz 7.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 65 3dB Beamwidth: 50 48 RG-58 Ultralink RP-BNC Male 0.5 lbs No Yes No tuC zA 10-DHANP-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-17 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 3.55 MP 71:14:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-DHANP-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 2.65 MP 73:44:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-18 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.9 ML-2499-SD3-01R Low Profile Ceiling/Surface Mount Omni-Directional Patch: RP-BNC Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Patch (ceiling mount) 2400-2500 MHz 3.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 45 48 RG-58 Ultralink RP-BNC Male 0.21 lbs No Yes No tuC zA 10-3DS-9942-LMledoM 09 081 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-19 tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 063 MP 72:41:4 3002/42/11 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-3DS-9942-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0542 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 7.15 MP 03:45:6 3002/21/11 nrettaP noitavelE 3-20 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.10 ML-2499-FHPA5-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated ML-2499-FHPA5-01R Dipole Array 2400-2500 MHz 5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 25 N/A N/A Type N Male 0.7 lbs No N/A Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-21 3-22 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.11 ML-2499-FHPA9-01R High Performance Fixed Point Dipole: Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated ML-2499-FHPA9-01R Dipole Array 2400-2500 MHz 9 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 14 N/A N/A Type N Male 1.1 lbs No N/A Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-23 3-24 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.12 ML-2499-HPA4-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni Antenna: N Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole 2400-2500 MHz 4.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 42 n/a n/a N-Type Male 118 grams No n/a Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-25 3-26 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.13 ML-2499-HPA8-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni Antenna: N Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Dipole, Omni 2400-2500 MHz 8 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 14 n/a n/a N-Type Male 0.45 lbs No 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-27 Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated n/a Yes 3-28 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.14 ML-2499-7PNA2-02R Outdoor 60 Diversity Panel: RP-SMA Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel x 2 (Diversity) 2400-2500 MHz 7.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 80 3dB Beamwidth: 55 121.9 +/- 13 (x2) RG-58 RP SMA Male (x2) 0.50 lbs Yes N/A Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-29 3-30 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.15 ML-2499-HPA3-02R 11BGN, DP, 3dBi, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Dipole Omni 2400-2500 MHz 5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 32 121.9 cm +/- 13 mm RG-58 RP-SMA-Male 0.3 lbs. Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-31 Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated N/A Yes 3-32 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.16 ML-2499-PNAHD-02R 11BGN, 65 Patch, 7.5 dBI, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-M Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (cm.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Patch 2400-2500 Mhz 7.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 65 3dB Beamwidth: 55 121.9 +/- 1.3 RG-58 RP-SMA Male 0.5 lbs N/A Yes Yes 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-33 3-34 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 3.1.17 ML-2499-SD3-02R 11BGN, 50 Patch Omni, 4 dBI, LP, CBL 48, RP-SMA-M Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (cm.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Patch Omni 2400-2500 MHz 4.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 50 121.9 +/- 1.3 RG-58 RP-SMA Male 0.52 lbs N/A Yes No 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite 3-35 3-36 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4.1 Supported 802.11a/n Antenna Suite Motorola Solutions supports numerous 802.11a/n antennas to suit the requirements of your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as newly supported 802.11a/n antennas will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported 802.11a/n antenna models, refer to:

ML-5299-APA1-01R Indoor Rubber Flex Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male Connector

ML-5299-HPA1-01R High Performance Omni-Directional Dipole Antenna: RP-SMA Male Connector

ML-5299-PTA1-01R Low Profile Ceiling-Tile Mount Patch: RP-SMA Male Connector

ML-5299-WPNA1-01R Wall Mount Panel Antenna w/Articulating Mount: RP-SMA Male

ML-5299-FHPA10-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N-Male Connector

ML-5299-FHPA6-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N-Male Connector

ML-5299-BYGA15-012 Yagi Antenna: N-Female

ML-5299-HPA5-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male

ML-5299-HPA10-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male NOTE: For examples on how various antenna and connectors are deployed in a 5 GHz AP-5131 installation, see 5 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections. 4-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.1 ML-5299-APA1-01R Indoor Rubber Flex Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole 4900-5875 MHz 2 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 75 N/A N/A RP-SMA Male 0.063 lb No N/A No tuC zA 10-1APA-9925-LMledoM 09 081 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-3 tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 4.203 MP 62:24:8 4002/7/1 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-1APA-9925-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 75 MP 75:74:8 4002/7/1 nrettaP noitavelE 4-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.2 ML-5299-HPA1-01R High Performance Omni-Directional Dipole Antenna: RP-SMA Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole Array 4900-5875 MHz 5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 17 36 LMR195 RP-SMA Male 0.3 lb. No Yes Yes (cable down orientation only) 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-5 ledoM APH-9925-LM 1 tuC zA 10-

09 081 tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd MA 20:84:11 3002/51/21 072 htdiw maeB

() 6.09 nrettaP htumizA ledoM APH-9925-LM 1 tuC lE 10-

tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd MA 03:04:11 3002/51/21 072 htdiw maeB

() 1 0.7 nrettaP noitavelE 4-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.3 ML-5299-PTA1-01R Low Profile Ceiling-Tile Mount Patch: RP-SMA Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Patch 5150-5875 MHz 4.6 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 45 36 RG-58 RP-SMA Male 0.15 lb. No Yes No 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-7 ledoM noisreV tniuqS a11.208 nacS zA tnuoM .zroH 09 081 0.5775)zHM( tF tiraloP y V tre 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd MA 60:64:01 4002/41/7 072 htdiw maeB

() 5.813 kaeP 34.1 naem 30.0

001 571.0 nrettaP htumizA ledoM noisreV tniuqS a11.208 nacS lE tnuoM .zroH 0.5475)zHM( tF tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

0.53-

iBd MA 52:72:11 4002/41/7 072 htdiw maeB

() 6.44 kaeP 16.4 naem 40.1-

37 745.0 nrettaP noitavelE 4-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.4 ML-5299-WPNA1-01R Wall Mount Panel Antenna w/Articulating Mount:

RP-SMA Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 5150-5875 MHz 12.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 31 3dB Beamwidth: 27 36 RG-303 RP-SMA Male 0.7 lb. No Yes Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-9 tuC zA 10-1ANPW-9925-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.02 0.02 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd MP 33:90:3 4002/5/1 072 htdiw maeB

() 9.72 nrettaP htumizA tuC lE 10-1ANPW-9925-LMledoM tF (

zHM ) 0.0525 tiraloP y V tre 09 081 0.02 0.02 0.51 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd MP 12:61:3 4002/5/1 072 htdiw maeB

() 3.32 nrettaP noitavelE 4-10 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.5 ML-5299-FHPA10-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N-Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated ML-5299-FHPA10-01R Dipole Array 4900-5850 MHz 10 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 13 N/A N/A Type N Male 0.37 lb No N/A Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-11 4-12 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.6 ML-5299-FHPA6-01R Omni-Directional "Pipe" Antenna: N-Male Connector Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole Array 4900-5875 7.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 16 N/A N/A Type N Male 0.37 lb No N/A Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-13 4-14 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.7 ML-5299-BYGA15-012 Yagi Antenna: N-Female Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Yagi 4900-5800 12.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 31 3dB Beamwidth: 33 N/A ATX195 N Female 1.2 lbs No No Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-15 4-16 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.8 ML-5299-HPA5-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole Omni 4900-5800 5.6 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 22 n/a n/a N-Type Male 73.8 grams No n/a Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-17 4-18 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 4.1.9 ML-5299-HPA10-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole Omni 4900-5800 10.5 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 8 n/a n/a N-Type Male 0.4 lbs No n/a Yes 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite 4-19 4-20 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5.1 Supported 802.11a/b/g/n Dual Band Antennas Motorola Solutions supports several 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band antennas to suit the requirements of your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as newly supported 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band antennas will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band antenna models, refer to:

ML-2452-APA2-01 Indoor Dual Band Elbow Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male (Black) ML-2452-APA2-02 Indoor Dual Band Elbow Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male (White)

ML-2452-PNA5-01R Dual Band Panel: Connector Type N-Male

ML-2452-PNA7-01R Dual Band Panel: Connector Type N-Male

ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 AP-7131 MIMO Facade: 1 IN, RPSMA

ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 Ceiling Mount, Dual Band, MIMO Patch: RPSMA

ML-2452-HPA5-036 Dipole, RP-SMA-Male

ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 MIMO Dual Band Selector, RP-SMA Male

ML-2452-APAG2A1-01 Dipole, RP-SMA Male (Black) ML-2452-APAG2A1-02 Dipole, RP-SMA Male

(White)

ML-2452-HPAG4A6-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male

ML-2452-HPAG5A8-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male

ML-2452-PTA6X6-036 Indoor dual-band MIMO Omni Array, RP-SMA Male

ML-2452-PTA2M2-036 Two Port, Dual Band Omni Patch Array, RP-SMA-M

ML-2452-HPA6X6-036 11ABGN, 6P SB Omni , 4/6 dBi, LP, CBL 48, N-M 5-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.1 ML-2452-APA2-01 Indoor Dual Band Elbow Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male (Black) ML-2452-APA2-02 Indoor Dual Band Elbow Jointed Dipole: RP-SMA Male (White) Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Dipole 2400-2500/5150-5850 MHz 3.0 / 5.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 35 N/A N/A RP-SMA Male 0.7 oz No N/A No ledoM noisreV 10-2APA-2542-LM V tnuoM tre tuC zA

, MP 64:05:21 5002/81/2 09 081 0.6342)zHM( tF tiraloP y V tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite ledoM noisreV 10-2APA-2542-LM V tuC lE tnuoM tre

, MA 03:95:01 5002/7/3 09 081 0.7342)zHM( tF zroHtiraloP y 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 htdiw maeB

() 8.19 072 htdiw maeB

() 6.54 nrettaP htumizA dnaB b11.208 nrettaP noitavelE ledoM s noi reV 10-2APA-2542-LM oM tre V tuC zA tnu , P 24:20:2 5002/81/2 M 09 081 0.0525)zHM( tF tiraloP y V tre 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd ledoM s noi reV 10-2APA-2542-LM V oM tre uC lE t tnu , MA 53:00:11 5002/7/3 09 081 0.0525)zHM( tF zroHtiraloP y 0.01 0.01 0.5 0.0 0.5-

0.01-

0.51-

0.02-

0.52-

0.03-

iBd 072 aeB m tdiw h() 4.533 072 aeB m tdiw h()

.62 3 nrettaP htumizA dnaB a11.208 nrettaP noitavelE 5-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.2 ML-2452-PNA5-01R Dual Band Panel: Connector Type N-Male 2.10 2 1 5

. Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 4.5 (2400-2500); 5.0 (4900-5250); 4.0 (5250-5900) Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 120 3dB Beamwidth: 65 12 RG-58 Ultralink Type N Male 0.2 lb No Yes Yes 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5.1.3 ML-2452-PNA7-01R Dual Band Panel: Connector Type N-Male 4.1 4.1 Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Weight Plenum Antenna Plenum Cable Outdoor Rated Panel 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 7 (2400-2500); 6.3 (4900-5250); 9 (5250-5900) Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 68/ 52 3dB Beamwidth: 66/ 60 12 RG-58 Ultralink Type N Male 0.5 lb No Yes Yes 5-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-10 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.4 ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 AP-7131 MIMO Facade: 1 IN, RPSMA NOTE: ML-2452-PTA2M3x3-1 was formally released as Motorola Solutions part number ML-2452-APA2-FAC. Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight Patch x 6 in snap-on facade 2400-2500/4900-5990 MHz 3.0 / 5.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 90 (southern hemisphere pattern) Integrated into snap-on facade 1.20 mm coax RP-SMA Male No No No 0.79 lb 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-12 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.5 ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 Ceiling Mount, Dual Band, MIMO Patch: RPSMA 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight 12 Patch x 3 2400-2500/4900-5990 MHz 3.0 / 4.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 60 (southern hemisphere pattern) 60 RG-58 50 Ohm coax RP-SMA Male No Yes No 0.7 lb 5-14 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-16 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.6 ML-2452-HPA5-036 Dipole, RP-SMA-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Dipole 2450-2500/5150-5875 MHz 3.0 / 5.0 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 360 3dB Beamwidth: 50, 18 36 RG-58 Plenum RP-SMA Male Antenna Plenum Rated N/A 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight N/A N/A 0.3 lbs 5-18 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-20 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.7 ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 MIMO Dual Band Selector, RP-SMA Male NOTE: The dimensions for the ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 model antenna are displayed in millimeters (mm) within the illustration above. 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight MIMO Dual Band Selector 2450-2500/5150-5875 MHz 8.0 / 10.7 Linear, Vertical 3dB Beamwidth: 75 / 55 3dB Beamwidth: 70 / 60 36 Low Temperature Plenum RP-SMA Male N/A No Yes 1.81 lbs 5-22 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-24 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-26 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-28 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.8 ML-2452-APAG2A1-01 Dipole, RP-SMA Male (Black) ML-2452-APAG2A1-02 Dipole, RP-SMA Male (White) 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight Dipole 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 2.7 / 2.0 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees 3 dB Beamwidth: <= 60 degrees N/A N/A RP-SMA Male No No No 10 g 5-30 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-32 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.9 ML-2452-HPAG4A6-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Dual-band Dipole Omni 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 4.0 / 7.3 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (5 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 50 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 18 degrees (5 GHz) Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight N/A N/A N-type Male No N/A Yes 0.35 lbs 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-34 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.10 ML-2452-HPAG5A8-01 Outdoor Dipole Omni N-Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Dual-band Dipole Omni 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 7.5/ 8.0 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (5 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 28 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 15 degrees (5 GHz) Cable Length (in.) Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight N/A N/A N-type Male No N/A Yes 0.33 lbs 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-36 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.11 ML-2452-PTA6X6-036 Indoor dual-band MIMO Omni Array, RP-SMA Male Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Dual-band MIMO omni patch array, three 2.4G elements, three 5 G elements 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 3.0 / 5.0 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (5 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 75 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 42 degrees (5 GHz) Cable Length Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight 91.4 cm RG-58 RP-SMA Male x 6 No N/A No 1.5 lbs 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-38 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.12 ML-2452-PTA2M2-036 Two Port, Dual Band Omni Patch Array, RP-SMA-M Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation Two-port, Dual-Band Omni Patch Array 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 4.0 / 5.0 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (5 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 60 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 60 degrees (5 GHz) Cable Length Cable Type Connector Type Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight 91.4 +/- 1.3 RG-58 2x RP-SMA Male Yes N/A No 0.5 lbs 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-40 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 5.1.13 ML-2452-HPA6X6-036 11ABGN, 6P SB Omni , 4/6 dBi, LP, CBL 48, N-M Type Frequency Gain (dBi) Polarization Azimuth Elevation 6-Port Omni Patch Array 2400-2500/4900-5900 MHz 4.0 / 6.0 Linear, Vertical 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 360 degrees (5 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 45 degrees (2.4 GHz) 3 dB Beamwidth: 32 degrees (5 GHz) Cable Length (cm.) Cable Type Connector Type 91.0 +/- 1.8 RG-58 Type-N, Male x 6 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite Antenna Plenum Rated Cable Plenum Rated Outdoor Rated Weight Yes N/A Yes 2.5 lbs 5-42 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 2.4GHz - 5.2GHz Dual Band Antenna Suite 5-44 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Antenna Cables 6.1 Supported Antenna Cables Motorola Solutions supports numerous cables to suit your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as new cables will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported cables, refer to:

ML-1499-10JK-01R 10 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male

ML-1499-25JK-01R 25 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male with 2 Connector Seal Kits

ML-1499-50JK-01R 50 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male with 2 Connector Seal Kits 6-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 6.1.1 ML-1499-10JK-01R 10 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male 10 ft. (3.05 m) ML-1499-10JK-01R Type RF Connectors Ultralink TL 93605 N (m) to N (m) Cable Attenuation (dB) 2.0 @ 2.4 GHz; 2.9 @ 5.8 GHz Frequency 2 - 6 GHz 6.1.2 ML-1499-25JK-01R 25 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male with 2 Connector Seal Kits

Type RF Connectors Ultralink TL 93605 N (m) to N (m) Cable Attenuation (dB) 2.5 @ 2.4 GHz; 4.0 @ 5.8 GHz Frequency 2 - 6 GHz Antenna Cables 6-3 6.1.3 ML-1499-50JK-01R 50 ft. Low-Loss Coaxial Cable Jumper: N Male to N Male with 2 Connector Seal Kits

Type RF Connectors Ultralink TL 93605 N (m) to N (m) Cable Attenuation (dB) 4.5 @ 2.4 GHz; 7.0 @ 5.8 GHz Frequency 2 - 6 GHz 6-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Supported Antenna Adapters 7.1 Supported Adapters Motorola Solutions supports many adapters to suit your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as new adapters will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported antenna adapters, refer to:

ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 1 ft. N Female to RP BNC Female Cable Adapter with Connector Seal Kit

25-85391-01R 3.5 in. Jumper Cable, RP-SMA (Male) to Type N (Male) Adaptor

25-85392-01R 3.5 in. Jumper Cable, RP-SMA (Male) to Type N (Female) Adaptor

25-72178-01 Jumper, RP-SMA(M) to RP-BNC(F)

25-90262-01R RP-SMA (Female) to Type N (Female) Adapter

25-90263-01R Type N (Male) to RP-SMA (Female) Bulkhead Adapter

25-97262-01R Connector for ML-2499-BYGA2-01R and AP300

25-99175-01R Type N, Female to Female Adaptor 7-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 7.1.1 ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 1 ft. N Female to RP BNC Female Cable Adapter with Connector Seal Kit

Black, Ultralink, RG-58 N (f) to RP. BNC (f) 2400-2500 MHz 0.2 dB Type RF Connectors Frequency Attenuation 7.1.2 25-85391-01R 3.5 in. Jumper Cable, RP-SMA (Male) to Type N (Male) Adaptor Supported Antenna Adapters 7-3

Clear Jacket, RG-316 RP-SMA, Male Type N, Male 2.4 GHz: 0.2 dB MIN 5.2 GHz: 0.3 dB MIN Type Connector 1 Connector 2 Insertion Loss Insertion Loss 7.1.3 25-85392-01R 3.5 in. Jumper Cable, RP-SMA (Male) to Type N (Female) Adaptor 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss Clear Jacket, RG-316 RP-SMA, Male Type N, Female, Bulkhead 2.4 GHz: 0.2 dB MIN 5.2 GHz: 0.3 dB MIN Type Connector 1 Connector 2 Insertion Loss Insertion Loss 7-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 7.1.4 25-72178-01 Jumper, RP-SMA(M) to RP-BNC(F)

RG-316 RP-SMA, Male RP-BNC, Female 2.4 GHz: .2 dB 5.2 GHz: .3 dB Type Connector 1 Connector 2 Insertion Loss Insertion Loss 7.1.5 25-90262-01R RP-SMA (Female) to Type N (Female) Adapter 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss RG-316 RP-SMA, Female, Bulkhead Type N, Female, Bulkhead 2.4 GHz: .2 dB 5.2 GHz: .3 dB Type Connector 1 Connector 2 Insertion Loss Insertion Loss 7.1.6 25-90263-01R Type N (Male) to RP-SMA (Female) Bulkhead Adapter Supported Antenna Adapters 7-5

Type Connector 1 Connector 2 Insertion Loss Insertion Loss RG-316 Type N, Male RP-SMA, Female, Bulkhead 2.4 GHz: 0.2 dB MIN 5.2 GHz: 0.3 dB MIN 7-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 7.1.7 25-97262-01R Connector for ML-2499-BYGA2-01R and AP300 Type Frequency (MHz) Connector 1 Connector 2 Cable Loss (dB) Cable Length (inches) Color RG-316 2400-2500 Type N, Male RP-BNC-Male 1.5 48 Black 7.1.8 25-99175-01R Type N, Female to Female Adaptor Connector 1 Connector 2 Cable Loss (dB) Cable Length (inches) Type N, Female Type N, Female 0.3 1.44 Supported Lightning Arrestors 8.1 Lightning Arrestors Motorola Solutions supports several lightning arrestors to support your unique access point or access port deployment safety requirements. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as new lightning arrestors will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported lightning arrestors refer to:

ML-1499-LAK1-01R 1 ft. N Male to RP BNC Male Lightning Arrestor with Connector Seal Kit

ML-1499-LAK2-01R Lightning Arrestor Kit with N Male to N Male Barrel Adapter

ML-2452-LAK1-01R Lightning Arrestor (N Female to N Female) with N Male to RP-SMA Male Adapter WARNING! The grounding lug on a lightning arrestor must be grounded in compliance with local electrical codes. 8-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 8.1.1 ML-1499-LAK1-01R 1 ft. N Male to RP BNC Male Lightning Arrestor with Connector Seal Kit

) Cable RF Connectors ML-1499-LAK1-01R Black, Ultralink, RG-58 N (m) to RP. BNC (m) Arrestor RF Connectors N (f) to N (f) Frequency 2400-2500 MHz Insertion Loss - Lightning Arrestor 0.25 dB @ 2.4 GHz Insertion Loss - Cable 0.6 dB @ 2.4 GHz NOTE: Not for use above 2500 MHz. 8.1.2 ML-1499-LAK2-01R Lightning Arrestor Kit with N Male to N Male Barrel Adapter Supported Lightning Arrestors 8-3 ML-1499-LAK2-01R RF Connectors Arrestor RF Connectors Frequency N (m) to N (m) N (f) to N (f) 2400-2500 MHz Maximum RF Power 100 W Insertion Loss - Lightning Arrestor 0.25 dB @ 2.4 GHz / 14 dB @ 5.5GHz NOTE: Not for use above 2500 MHz. 8-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 8.1.3 ML-2452-LAK1-01R Lightning Arrestor (N Female to N Female) with N Male to RP-SMA Male Adapter 12 in. (30.5 cm) ML-2452-LAK1-01R Cable Connectors - Cable Frequency Insertion Loss - Cable Insulation Resistance Black, Ultralink, RG-58 N (m) to RP. SMA (m) 100-6000 MHz 0.6 @ 2.4 GHz, 1.4 @ 5.5 GHz 50 M-ohms Connectors - Lightning Arrestor Type N (f) to N (f) Weight 4.5 oz Operating Temperature

- 40 to 85C Insertion Loss - Lightning Arrestor 0.14 @ 2.4 GHz, 0.35 @ 5.5 GHz Mounting Kits 9.1 Mounting Kit Support Motorola Solutions supports mounting kits to support your unique access point or access port deployment. Check the Motorola Solutions Web site periodically, as new kits will be added to this document as they are released. For more information, go to http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. For detailed information on supported mounting kits refer to:

ML-1499-APAMK-01R Magnetic Base for ML-2452-APA2-01 with 6 Ft. Cable RP-SMA (Male)

ML-1499-SD3MK-01R Articulating I-Beam Mount Kit for ML-2499-SD3-01 Omni Antenna 9-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide 9.1.1 ML-1499-APAMK-01R Magnetic Base for ML-2452-APA2-01 with 6 Ft. Cable RP-SMA (Male) NOTE: The dimensions displayed for the ML-1499-APAMK-01R mounting kit in the illustration below are in millimeters (mm). Cable Connector 3 Connector 4 RG-178 RP-SMA, Male RP-SMA, Female Attenuation (dB) 2.6 @ 2.4 GHz; 4.6 @ 5.5 Ghz Mounting Kits 9-3 9.1.2 ML-1499-SD3MK-01R Articulating I-Beam Mount Kit for ML-2499-SD3-01 Omni Antenna Functionality Mounts Part No. ML-2499-SD3-01 to an I-beam. 9-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide AP-5131 Antenna Connections This chapter describes how the 2.4 and 5 GHz antennas described within this guide are physically connected to an AP-5131 model access point. Central in this discussion are descriptions of the single and dual-band antennas supported, their supported connector models and how lightning arrestors are supported for specific antenna and connector combinations. For more information, see:

2.4 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections

5 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections NOTE: This chapter references ML-1499-100JK-01R, ML-1499-72PJ-01R, ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R, 25-116485-01R, ML-2452-APA6J-01R, ML-2499-APA2-02R, ML-2499-BPDA1-01R and ML-2499-11PNA2-02R as supported adapters, cables and antennas. These parts are now obsolete, and no longer available from Motorola Solutions. However, these part numbers display within the artwork in this chapter in deployment scenarios with supported parts and can be ignored. 10-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide P/N 25-72178-01 25-85391-01R 25-85392-01R 25-90262-01R 25-90263-01R 25-97261-01R 25-99175-01R ML-1499-100JK-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R ML-1499-25JK-01R ML-1499-50JK-01R ML-1499-72PJ-01R ML-1499-LAK1 Cable ML-1499-LAK1/2 Arrestor ML-1499-LAK2 Adapter ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R ML-2452-LAK1 Arrestor ML-2452-LAK1 Cable Conn 1 RSMA-m RSMA-m RSMA-m RSMA-f RSMA-f N-m N-f N-m N-m N-m N-m RPBNC-f N-m N-f N-m N-f N-m N-m N-m Length 3.1 in. 3.5 in 3.5 in 3.55 in. 3.55 in. 48 in. 1.5 in. 100 ft 10 ft 25 ft 50 ft 6 ft 12 in. 2.25 in 1.5 in. 1 ft 1 ft 1.75 in. 12 in. Conn 2 Attn 2.4 Attn 5.5 RBNC-f N-m N-f bulkhead N-f bulkhead N-m RBNC-m N-f N-m N-m N-m N-m RBNC-m RBNC-m N-f N-m RBNC-f RBNC-f N-m RSMA-m 0.2 N/A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.5 N/A 0.2 10.6 2 2.5 4.5 2.3 N/A 0.6 N/A 0.24 N/A 0.15 N/A 0.85 N/A 0.85 N/A 0.14 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 15.5 2.9 4 7 0.35 1.4

CAUTION: The installation of lightning arrestors (as described in several of the AP-5131 antenna connection scenarios in this chapter) must meet local electrical codes. 10.1 2.4 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections This section describes how the components described within this guide are used collectively in the following AP-5131 installation scenarios supporting the 2.4 GHz band:

RP-BNC Male Antenna Installation

Type N Male Connector Installation NOTE: For information on the individual 2.4 GHz antennas approved for use with an AP-5131, see 2.4 GHz Single Band Antenna Suite. 10.1.1 RP-BNC Male Antenna Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP-5131 model access point using RP-BNC male antennas:

AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10-3 Antennas:

ML-2499-7PNA2-01R ML-2499-11PNA2-01R ML-2499-APA2-01R ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2499-PNAHD-01R ML-2499-SD3-01R 3.11 in. 6 ft. 25-72178-01 0.2 dB loss ML-1499-72PJ-01R 2.3 dB loss

(optional) ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 12 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 0.9 dB loss 10-4 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.55 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss 25-90263-01R 0.3 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antennas:

ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. 3.5 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB 25-90262-01R 0.3 dB loss 10.1.2 Type N Female Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP-5131 model access point using Type N female connectors:

AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10-5 Antennas:

ML-2499-BPDA1-01R ML-2499-BPNA3-01R ML-2499-BYGA2-01R 3.5 in. 25-85391-01R 0.3 dB loss ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB

CAUTION: The minimum cable configuration is required to meet regulatory requirements. 10-6 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-2499-BPDA1-01R ML-2499-BPNA3-01R ML-2499-BYGA2-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.75 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-LAK2-01R 0.4 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antennas:

ML-2499-BPDA1-01R ML-2499-BPNA3-01R ML-2499-BYGA2-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB 10.1.3 Type N Male Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP-5131 model access point using Type N male connectors:

AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10-7 Antennas:

ML-2499-5PNL-72-N ML-2499-FHPA5-01R ML-2499-FHPA9-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB Antennas:

ML-2499-5PNL-72-N ML-2499-FHPA5-01R ML-2499-FHPA9-01R 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 10-8 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Antennas:

ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 12 in. 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 0.9 dB loss Lightning Arrestor, AP side ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. 12 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 0.9 dB loss OR 12 in. ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 0.9 dB loss AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10-9 10.2 5 GHz AP-5131 Antenna Connections This section describes how the components described within this guide are used collectively in the following AP-5131 installation scenarios supporting the 5 GHz band:

RP-SMA Male Antenna Installation

Type N Male Connector Installation NOTE: For information on the individual 5 GHz antennas approved for use with an AP-5131, see 5.2 Ghz Single Band Antenna Suite. 10.2.1 RP-SMA Male Antenna Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 5 GHz AP-5131 model access point using a RP-SMA male antenna (with no lightning arrestor):

Antennas:

ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB 25-90262-01R 0.3 dB loss 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 10-10 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 5 GHz AP-5131 model access point using a RP-SMA male antenna (with a lightning arrestor):

Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.55 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss 25-90263-01R 0.3 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antennas:

ML-5299-PTA1-01R ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. 3.5 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB 25-90262-01R 0.3 dB loss 10.2.2 Type N Male Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 5 GHz AP-5131 model access point using Type N male connectors:

AP-5131 Antenna Connections 10-11 Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB 10-12 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.3 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB AP300 Antenna Connections This chapter describes how the 2.4 and 5 GHz antennas described within this guide are physically connected to an AP300 model access port. The information in this chapter supports an AP300 external antenna model only. NOTE: This chapter references ML-1499-100JK-01R, ML-1499-72PJ-01R, ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R, 25-116485-01R, ML-2452-APA6J-01R, ML-2499-APA2-02R, ML-2499-BPDA1-01R and ML-2499-11PNA2-02R as supported adapters, cables and antennas. These parts are now obsolete, and no longer available from Motorola Solutions. However, these part numbers display within the artwork in this chapter in deployment scenarios with supported parts and can be ignored.

CAUTION: The installation of lightning arrestors (as described in several of the AP300 antenna connection scenarios in this chapter) must meet local electrical codes. For more information, see:

2.4 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections

5 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections 11.1 2.4 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections This section describes how the components described within this guide are used collectively in the following AP300 installation scenarios supporting the 2.4 GHz band:

RP-BNC Male Antenna Installation

Type N Female Connector Installation

Type N Male Connector Installation 11-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 11.1.1 RP-BNC Male Antenna Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP300 model access port using RP-BNC male antennas:

Antennas:

ML-2499-7PNA2-01R ML-2499-11PNA2-01R ML-2499-APA2-01R ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2499-PNAHD-01R ML-2499-SD3-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss AP 300 12 in. ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 0.9 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB OR 6 ft. ML-1499-72PJ-01R 2.3 dB loss

(optional) AP300 Antenna Connections 11-3 Lightning Arrestor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss AP 300 12 in. 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 0.9 dB loss OR 48 in. 25-97261-01R 1.5 dB loss Lightning Arrestor, AP side ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 12 in. 15 in. AP 300 ML-2499-LAK1-01R 0.8 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-RBNCA1-01R 0.9 dB loss OR 12 in. ML-1499-RBNCA2-01R 11-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 11.1.2 Type N Female Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP300 model access port using Type N female connectors. AP 300 ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB OR 48 in. 25-97261-01R 1.5 dB loss AP300 Antenna Connections 11-5 ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.75 in. AP 300 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-LAK2-01R 0.4 dB loss OR 48 in. 25-97261-01R 1.5 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 15 in. AP 300 ML-2499-LAK1-01R 0.8 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB 11-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 11.1.3 Type N Male Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 2.4 GHz AP300 model access port using Type N male connectors:

ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss AP 300 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB OR 48 in. 25-97261-01R 1.5 dB loss AP300 Antenna Connections 11-7 Lightning Arrestor, Antenna side ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-116485-01R 0.3 dB loss AP 300 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB ML-1499-LAK2-01R 0.24 dB loss OR 48 in. 25-97261-01R 1.5 dB loss Lightning Arrestor, AP side ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 15 in. AP 300 ML-2499-LAK1-01R 0.8 dB loss 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.0 dB 2.5 dB 4.5 dB 10.6 dB 11-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 11.2 5 GHz AP300 Antenna Connections This section describes how the components described within this guide are used collectively in the following AP300 installation scenarios supporting the 5 GHz band:

RP-SMA Male Antenna Installation

Type N Male Connector Installation 11.2.1 RP-SMA Male Antenna Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 5 GHz AP300 model access port using a RP-SMA male antenna. Antenna:

ML-5299-HPA1-01R AP 300 ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.55 in. 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss 25-90263-01R 0.3 dB loss AP300 Antenna Connections 11-9 AP 300 AP 300 Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antenna:

ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 3.55 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.35 dB loss 25-90263-01R 0.3 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antenna:

ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. 3.5 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB 25-90262-01R 0.3 dB loss 11-10 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 11.2.2 Type N Male Connector Installation Refer to the following for a graphical depiction of the parts and connection options available for cabling an 5 GHz AP300 model access port using Type N male connectors:

AP 300 Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB

(optional) AP300 Antenna Connections 11-11 AP 300 AP 300 Lightning Aresstor, Antenna side Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 3.5 in. 25-85392-01R 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB ML-2452-LAK1-01R 0.3 dB loss Lightning Aresstor, AP side Antennas:

ML-2452-PNA5-01R ML-5299-FHPA10-01R ML-1499-10JK-01R - 10 ft. ML-1499-25JK-01R - 25 ft. ML-1499-50JK-01R - 50 ft. ML-1499-100JK-01R - 100ft. 14 in. ML-2452-LAK1-01R 1.6 dB loss @ 5.5 GHz 25-99175-01 0.3 dB loss 2.9 dB 4 dB 7 dB 15.5 dB

(optional) 11-12 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide AP7131 Transmit Power 12.1 Configuring the AP7131 Series Transmit Power Professional installers must configure an AP7131 series access point so it does not violate FCC regulations pertaining to output transmit power. This chapter describes how to adjust an AP7131 series access points radio transmit power. NOTE: Motorola Solutions assumes the AP7131 series access point radio and power configuration activities described in this chapter are conducted at the location that access point is actually installed and deployed. To define an AP7131 series access points radio transmit power:

1. Complete the physical installation of the AP7131 series access point following one of the supported mounting options within either the AP7131 Series Installation Guide or Product Reference Guide. Both guides are available at http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do. An AP7131 series access point can attach to a wall, mount under a suspended T Bar or above a ceiling

(plenum or attic) following the same installation instructions. Choose a mounting option based on the physical environment of the coverage area. Do not mount the access point in a location that has not been approved in a site survey. 2. Start a browser and enter the access points default static IP address for the WAN port (10.1.1.1). 3. Initially log in using admin as the default Username and motorola as the default Password. Use your new password if it has been updated from default. If the default login is successful, the Change Admin Password window displays. Change the password immediately to ensure secure access. 4. Select System Configuration > Quick Setup from the menu tree. 12-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 5. Select the System Configuration tab to define the access points country code and radio configuration. 6. Select the Country for the access points country of operation. The access point prompts for the correct country code on the first login. A warning message also displays stating an incorrect country setting may result in illegal radio operation. Selecting the correct country is central to legally operating the access point. Each country has its own regulatory restrictions concerning electromagnetic emissions and the maximum RF signal strength that can be transmitted. To ensure compliance with national and local laws, set the country accurately. NOTE: If the access point is a US supported model, the country code is automatically set to US. 7. Refer to the Radio Configuration field to define how WLAN and WIPS are supported by the access points radio(s). Remember, the options available depend on the single, dual or three radio model deployed. Apply your settings when finished with the updates. AP7131 Transmit Power 12-3 Radio Button Single Radio SKU Dual Radio SKU Three Radio SKU 2.4 GHz WLAN, 5.0 GHz WLAN

& Sensor 2.4 GHz WLAN,

& Sensor 5.0 GHz WLAN

& Sensor 2.4 GHz WLAN &

5.0 GHz WLAN only no Sensor Sensor only Spectrum Analysis mode

(no WLAN) 2.4 GHz WLAN no Sensor 5.0 GHz WLAN no Sensor Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Radio 1 WIPS Radio 1 WLAN (B/G/N) Radio 1 WLAN (A/N) Radios Off Radio 1 Disabled Not Available Radio 1 WIPS, Radio 2 WLAN Radio1 WLAN, Radio 2 WIPS Radio 1 WLAN, Radio 2 WLAN Radio 1 WLAN, Radio 2 WLAN, Radio 3 WIPS Radio 1 WLAN, Radio 2 WIPS, Radio 3 WIPS Radio 1 WIPS, Radio 2 WLAN, Radio 3 WIPS Radio 1 WLAN, Radio 2 WLAN, Radio 3 Disabled Radio 1 WIPS, Radio 2 WIPS, Radio 3 Disabled Radio 1 WLAN, Radio 2 Disabled, Radio 3 Disabled Radio 1 Disabled, Radio 2 WLAN, Radio 3 Disabled Radios 1 and 2 Disabled Radios 1, 2 and 3 Radio1 Disabled, Radio 2 WLAN Radio1 WLAN, Radio 2 Disabled Radio 1 WIPS, Radio 2 WIPS Disabled 8. Select System Configuration > Power Settings from the menu tree. 12-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide Within the Power Configuration field, an installation professional selects a power mode based on the different power resources available to that access points SKU. For 3af and 3at, choose between Default and Option as best suited to that hardware SKU. For example, if Option is selected for 3af Power, and the access point is a dual radio model, the following configuration is set:

LAN port ON (1000 BASE T) WAN port OFF Radio 1 (2.4) on, 2x3 mode with maximum transmit power 18dBm Radio 2 (5.0) on, 2x3 mode with maximum transmit power 18dBm 9. For this example, set the Power Mode to Auto (if not already defined as Auto by default). Leave the 3af and 3at Power settings as Default. When the access point is powered on for the first time, the system determines the power budget available to the access point. Using the Auto setting (default setting), the access point automatically determines the best power configuration based on the available power budget. Therefore, the Auto power mode option affords the professional installer a smaller margin of error for legally setting the access points transmit output power. If changes are made, reboot the access point. NOTE: Ensure the access point is connected to its expected power supply (3af, 3at or Full Power). Check available access point power by reviewing the Power Status field within the Power Settings screen (this value is cable length dependent). Compare available power to the Maximum Transmit Power vs POE table below. If available supply power does not allow the desired transmit power, then increase the supply power. Maximum Possible Transmit Power Power Status 2.4 GHz 5.2 GHz 3af 3at Full Power

+20

+23

+23

+19

+20

+20 10.Select Network Configuration > Wireless > Radio Configuration > Radio1 or Radio 2 from the access point menu tree. AP7131 Transmit Power 12-5 11.Refer to the Channel, power and Rate Settings field. 12.Set an 802.11 a/n or 802.11 b/g/n radio mode as appropriate. For radio1, specify B, G and N, B and G, G Only, B Only or N Only to define whether the 802.11b/g/n radio transmits in the 2.4 GHz band exclusively for 802.11b (legacy) clients or transmits in the 2.4 GHz band for 802.11g/n clients. Selecting B and G enables the access point to transmit to both B and G clients if legacy clients (802.11b) partially comprise the network. Select accordingly based on the MU requirements of the network. NOTE: Select the access point radios 802.11 a/n or 802.11b/g/n mode carefully in respect to the radios intended data rate and client support requirements, as the rates available differ depending on the selected mode. For more information on selected mode versus data rate, see 2.4 GHz Mode Versus Data Rate on page 12-8 or 5.2 GHz Mode Versus Data Rate on page 12-13. The rates for the access points 2.4 GHz radio are:

B, G and N Allows only basic rates (default setting)

B and G Allows 11b basic rates. Does not allow MCS rates

G and N Requires basic rates (either 6, 12, 24 or 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 12, 24)

G Only Requires one 11g basic rate. Does not allow MCS rates

B Only Allows for 11b rates only. Does not allow G or N rates

N Only Requires basic MCS rates If the mode is B and G, the Channel Width option is not available, and a Secondary Channel cannot be defined. For the 5.2 GHz radio, specify A and N, A Only or N Only to define whether the 802.11a/n radio transmits in the 5.2 GHz band exclusively for 802.11a clients, 802.11n clients or transmits in the 5.2 GHz band for both 802.11a/n clients. The rates for the access points 5.2 GHz radio are:

12-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide

A Only Allows 11a rates

N Only Requires basic MCS rates

A and N Allows only 11a basic rates (default setting) 13.For this example, leave the Channel Width at 20/40 and set the Channel to User selected for both the 802.11 b/g/n and 802.11 a/n radios. 20/40 MHz operation (the default setting for the 5 GHz radio) allows the access point to receive packets from clients using 20 MHz of bandwidth while transmitting a packet using 40 MHz bandwidth. This mode is supported for 11n users on both the 2.4 and 5 GHz radios. If an 11n user selects two channels (a Primary and Secondary channel), the system is configured for dynamic 20/40 operation. When 20/40 is selected, clients can take advantage of wider channels. 802.11n clients experience improved throughput using 40 MHz while legacy clients (either 802.11a or 802.11b/g depending on the radio selected) can still be serviced without interruption using 20 MHz. User selected is the default Channel Selection setting. If 20/40 MHz is selected as the Channel Width

(supporting 11n), the Secondary Channel drop down menu becomes enabled. The user must define the primary channel first. Then, depending on the primary channel defined, the secondary channel list is filled with channels making the combination of primary and secondary channels valid. The actual channels available depend on regulatory domain requirements. 14.Set the Power Level in respect to the antennas deployed and the defined channel. NOTE: If you set the transmit power too high (in relation to FCC transmit requirements), the access point will display an Input Error message stating the maximum power level for the selected channel has been exceeded. 15.Select Status and Statistics > Radio Stats > Radio1(802.11b/g/n) Statistics or Radio2

(802.11a/n) Statistics from the access point menu tree. Refer to the Current Channel parameter from within the Information field. This value displays (in red) the two channels utilized as a result of selecting 20/40 as the Channel Width. The first value represents the channel utilized for the 20 MHz bandwidth and the second value (displayed in parenthesis) is the channel supporting 40 MHz. AP7131 Transmit Power 12-7 12.1.1 Supported Antennas by Band, Model, Rate and Transmit Power Refer to the following Motorola Solutions AP7131 supported antennas for their US Regulatory Domain transmit power (in both the 2.4 and 5.2 GHz bands), rates and supported channels. US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band

Yagi Antenna Models

Yagi Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Panel Antenna Models

Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Embedded Antenna Models

Embedded Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Dipole Antenna Models

Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Patch Antenna Models

Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings US Regulatory Domain 5.2 GHz Band

Yagi Antenna Models

Yagi Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Panel Antenna Models

Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Embedded Antenna Models

Embedded Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Dipole Antenna Models

Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings

Patch Antenna Models

Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings 12-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 12.2 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 12.2.1 2.4 GHz Mode Versus Data Rate When setting 2.4 GHz data rates using the access points GUI applet, use the following chart to cross reference data rates to the radios selected operational mode. B, G and N G and N N Only B and G G Only B Only X X X X LEGACY DSSS RATES (1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) LEGACY OFDM RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) X X X X X X X X X 12.2.2 Yagi Antenna Models The following is the Yagi antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-BYGA2-01R 12.2.2.1 Yagi Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per Yagi antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 7 7 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 7 7 7 7 7 8 6 6 6 6 6 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-9 With the most recent AP7131 series software release (4.0.0.0) the Web browser of the command line interface do not allow setting the transmit power to any value less than 4dBm. NOTE: When a Yagi antenna is used, a 2dB external RF antennuator must be added. Lower power settings will be provided in subsequent software releases. 12.2.3 Panel Antenna Models The following is the panel antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 12.2.3.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per panel antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 11 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 8 5 5 5 12-10 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 12.2.4 Embedded Antenna Models The following is the embedded antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 12.2.4.1 Embedded Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per embedded antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 20 20 20 20 20 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 14 15 15 15 15 15 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-11 12.2.5 Dipole Antenna Models The following are the dipole antenna models for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 2.4 GHz Antenna Net Gain ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2452-APA6J-01 (microcell) 3 4.7

- 6 12.2.5.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

NOTE: The access point GUI only allows whole numbers be entered for transmit power. The decimal values are displayed within these tables to help installers accommodate for cable and accessory losses. 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 23.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 15.0 15.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 9.0 12-12 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 12.2.6 Patch Antenna Models The following is the patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 2.4 GHz Antenna Net Gain ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 3 12.2.6.1 Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 16 16 16 16 16 20 18 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 15 13 13 13 13 13 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 15 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 9 9 9 12 10 10 10 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-13 12.3 US Regulatory Domain 5.2 GHz Band 12.3.1 5.2 GHz Mode Versus Data Rate When setting 5.2 GHz data rates using the access points GUI applet, use the following chart to cross reference data rates to the radios selected operational mode. A and N N Only A Only LEGACY OFDM RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) X X X X X X 12.3.2 Yagi Antenna Models The following is the Yagi antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-BYGA15-012 12.3.2.1 Yagi Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per Yagi antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 9 9 8.5 8.5 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 9 9 9 9 8.5 4 4 11 10 12-14 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8 8 8 8 8 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.0 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 8.0 9.0 9.0 5 11 10 10 10 4.5 5.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-15 12.3.3 Panel Antenna Models The following are the panel antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 12.3.3.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per panel antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 4 4 4 4 4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 4 4 4 4 4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 13 11 5 13 13 12 12-16 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10 10 10 8 8.0 8.0 9.0 10 10 10 10 10 8 9.0 9.0 10.0 10 10 12 6.0 7.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-17 12.3.4 Embedded Antenna Models The following is the embedded antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 12.3.4.1 Embedded Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per embedded antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 15 14 14 14 14 18 18 14 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 16 16 18 13 13 12 13 20 14 8 19 19 19 12-18 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 13 13 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 19.0 13 13 13 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 19.0 14 15.0 16.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-19 12.3.5 Dipole Antenna Models The following are the dipole antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299HPA1-01R ML-2452-APA6J-01 ML-2452-APA2-01 12.3.5.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 18 15 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 12 13 20 14 7 19 19 12-20 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 15 13 13 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 19.0 18 18 16 16 18.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19 14 15.0 16.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-21 12.3.6 Patch Antenna Models The following is the patch antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 12.3.6.1 Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 15 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 11 11 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 12 13 20 14 8 13 19 19 12-22 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 18 13 13 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 19.0 18 13 13 18.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 14 15.0 16.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-23 12.4 Japanese TELEC Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 12.4.1 Panel Antenna Model The following is the panel antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-11PNA2-01R 12.4.1.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per panel antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12-24 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 12.4.2 Embedded Antenna Model The following is the embedded antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA2M3X3-1 12.4.2.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per embedded antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-25 12.4.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 ML-2499-HPA3-01R ML-2452-APA6J-01 (microcell) 12.4.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12-26 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 12.4.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is the patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 2.4 GHz Antenna Net Gain ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 3 12.4.4.1 Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 10.0 10.0 10.0 100 10.0 10.0 10.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-27 12.5 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 5.2 GHz Band 12.5.1 Panel Antenna Models The following are the panel antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-WPNA1-01R ML-2452-PNL9M3-036 12.5.1.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per panel antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 12-28 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-29 12.5.2 Embedded Antenna Model The following is the embedded antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-WPNA1-01R 12.5.2.1 Embedded Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per embedded antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 12-30 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 7.0 AP7131 Transmit Power 12-31 12.5.3 Dipole Antenna Models The following are the dipole antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-HPA1-01R ML-2452-APA6J-01 ML-2452-APA2-01 12.5.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 12-32 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 9.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) AP7131 Transmit Power 12-33 12.5.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is the patch antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 12.5.4.1 Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 12-34 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 17.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 13.1.1 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.1.1.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 19.5 19.5 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 17.0 17.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.0 16.0 20.0 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 16.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.1.2 Internal AP650 Dual Band Antenna Models The following is the internal dual band antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.1.2.1 AP650 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 19.0 19.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 18.5 18.5 16.0 16.0 16.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 15.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-3 13.1.3 Indoor Patch Antenna Model The following is the indoor patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499- SD3-01R 13.1.3.1 Indoor Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per Indoor Patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 17.5 17.5 17.5 20.5 20.5 20.5 20.5 20.5 19.0 19.0 19.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 13.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 13-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.1.4 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the Outdoor Omni antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-HPA3-01R 13.1.4.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 19.0 19.0 19.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 19.5 19.5 19.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 10.5 10.5 10.5 14.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-5 13.1.5 Panel Antenna Models The following is the panel antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.1.5.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per panel antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 16.5 16.5 16.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 10.0 10.0 10.0 13.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.5 12.5 12.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 13.2.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dual band dipole antenna model for 5 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.2.1.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dual band dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 15.0 12.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 15.0 15.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 11.0 16.5 11.0 10.0 17.5 14.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-7 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 12.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 17.5 14.0 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 13-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.2.2 Internal Dual Band Antenna Models The following are the internal dual band antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.2.2.1 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 14.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 14.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 12.5 18.0 14.0 15.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-9 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 15.5 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 15.5 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 17.5 18.0 18.0 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124,128)

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 13-10 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.2.3 Indoor Patch Model The following is the indoor patch antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-PTA1-01R 13.2.3.1 Indoor Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per indoor patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 15.0 12.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 15.0 12.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 10.0 11.0 17.0 10.5 8.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-11 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 14.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 14.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 13-12 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.2.4 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the outdoor omni antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-HPA1-01R 13.2.4.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 11.5 14.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 11.5 14.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 12.5 17 11.5 9.0 16.5 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-13 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 14.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 14.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 14.0 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 13-14 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.2.5 Panel Antenna Model The following is the panel antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.2.5.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per panel antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 15.0 12.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 13.5 12.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 11.0 12.5 18.0 12.0 10.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-15 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17.0 17.0 17.0 10.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 11.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 13.5 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 13-16 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.3 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 13.3.1 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.3.1.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) 2412 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2417 2422 2427 2432 2437 2442 2447 2452 2457 2462 2467 2472 2484 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 16.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-17 13.3.2 Internal AP650 Dual Band Antenna Models The following is the internal dual band antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.3.2.1 AP650 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.5 16.5 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.5 13-18 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.3.3 Indoor Patch Antenna Model The following is the indoor patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-SD3-01R 13.3.3.1 Indoor Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per Indoor Patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 11.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.5 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-19 13.3.4 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the outdoor omni antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-HPA3-01R 13.3.4.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 11.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.5 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 13-20 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.3.5 Panel Antenna Models The following is the panel antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.3.5.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per panel antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 10.5 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-21 13.3.6 Omni Antenna Model The following is the omni antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 13.3.6.1 Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per omni antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 10.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 13-22 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4 Japan TELEC Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 13.4.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dual band dipole antenna model for 5 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.4.1.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dual band dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 12.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.5 16.0 14.0 15.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-23 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 18.0 18.0 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 13-24 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4.2 Internal Dual Band Antenna Models The following are the internal dual band antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.4.2.1 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 15.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-25 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 17.0 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(124,128)

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 13-26 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4.3 Indoor Patch Model The following is the indoor patch antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-PTA1-01R 13.4.3.1 Indoor Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per indoor patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 15.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-27 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 17.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 13-28 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4.4 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the outdoor omni antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-HPA1-01R 13.4.4.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.0 13.0 14.0 14.0 13.0 14.0 13.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 14.5 15.0 15.0 14.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-29 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 13-30 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4.5 Panel Antenna Model The following is the panel antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.4.5.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per panel antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 13.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-31 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 17.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 13-32 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.4.6 Omni Antenna Model The following is the omni antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 13.4.6.1 Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per omni antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 13.0 14.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 10.0 16.5 17.0 10.5 8.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-33 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 17.0 13.0 18.0 18.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 13-34 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.5 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 13.5.1 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.5.1.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-35 13.5.2 Internal AP650 Dual Band Antenna Models The following is the internal dual band antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.5.2.1 AP650 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 13-36 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.5.3 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the outdoor omni antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499-HPA3-01R 13.5.3.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-37 13.5.4 Panel Antenna Models The following is the panel antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.5.4.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per panel antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13-38 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 13.5.5 Patch Antenna Model The following is the omni antenna model for 2.4 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2499- SD3-01R 13.5.5.1 Omni Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-39 13.6 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 13.6.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Model The following is the dual band dipole antenna model for 5 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-APA2-01 13.6.1.1 Dual Band Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per dual band dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13-40 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-41 13.6.2 Internal Dual Band Antenna Models The following are the internal dual band antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number 57RPAA13.G66 57RPAA13.G67 57RPAA13.G68 57RPAA13.G69 57RPAA13.G6A 57RPAA13.G6B 13.6.2.1 Internal Dual Band Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per internal dual band antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13-42 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(124,128)

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-43 13.6.3 Indoor Patch Model The following is the indoor patch antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-PTA1-01R 13.6.3.1 Indoor Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per indoor patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 13.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13-44 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-45 13.6.4 Outdoor Omni Antenna Model The following is the outdoor omni antenna models for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-5299-HPA1-01R 13.6.4.1 Outdoor Omni Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per outdoor omni antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13-46 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 AP650 Regulatory Domains 13-47 13.6.5 Panel Antenna Model The following is the panel antenna model for 5.2 GHz:

Motorola Solutions Part Number ML-2452-PNA5-01R 13.6.5.1 Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per panel antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.0 16.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13-48 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 14.1.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 2.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.1.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per facade antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 16.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15,5 12.5 12.5 12.5 15.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 14-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.1.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.1.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 19.5 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 16.0 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 15.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-3 14.1.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.1.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 20.0 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 14-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.1.4 High-Gain Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 7.5 dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.1.4.1 High-Gain Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per high-gain patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 10.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 7.5 7.5 7.5 12.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-5 14.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 14.2.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 3.95dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.2.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per facade antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 13.0 12.5 13.0 14.2.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 5.0dBi:

RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-7 Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.2.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120)

(124,128) 14-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 10.5 11.0 11.5 11.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 14.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-9 14.2.3 Dipole Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 4.6dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.2.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) 14-10 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 10.5 11.0 11.5 11.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 14.0 14.2.4 High-Gain Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain patch antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is between 6.3 -10dBi:

RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-11 Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.2.4.1 High-Gain Patch Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per high-gain patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 9.5 9.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-12 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.5 7.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.0 11.5 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-13 14.3 Canada Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 14.3.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 2.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.3.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per facade antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 21.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 16.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 15.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 14-14 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.3.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.3.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 21.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 16.0 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 15.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-15 14.3.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.3.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 21.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 14-16 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.3.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 7.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.3.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per high-gain antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 7.5 7.5 7.5 12.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-17 14.4 Canada Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 14.4.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 3.95dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.4.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per facade antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 14-18 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 13.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 13.0 12.5 13.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-19 14.4.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.4.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120)

(124,128) 14-20 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 14.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-21 14.4.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 4.6dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.4.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-22 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 14.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-23 14.4.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the high-gain antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is from 6.3 - 10dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.4.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Canadian domain) per high-gain antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 9.5 9.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-24 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.0 11.5 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-25 14.5 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 14.5.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 2.4 GHz, the peak gain is 2.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.5.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per facade antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 6.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14-26 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.5.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.5.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-27 14.5.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.5.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14-28 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.5.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 7.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.5.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per high-gain antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-29 14.6 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 14.6.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 3.95dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.6.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per facade antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 14-30 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-31 14.6.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.6.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120)

(124,128) 14-32 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-33 14.6.3 Dipole Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 4.6 dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.6.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.5 10.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.5 10.5 11.0 12.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-34 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 14.6.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 6.3 - 10dBi:

RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-35 Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.6.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per high-gain antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-36 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-37 14.7 Japan Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band 14.7.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 2.4 GHz, the peak gain is 2.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.7.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per facade antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 10)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 12.0 12.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 12.0 13.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 14-38 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.7.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.7.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 10)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 12.0 12.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 12.0 13.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-39 14.7.3 Dipole Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 3.1dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.7.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dipole antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 10)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 12.5 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.5 14.5 14.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 14.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 14.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14-40 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 14.7.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain antenna model for 2.4 GHz, its peak gain is 7.5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.7.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per high-gain antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 10)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.5 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS0 MCS15) 14.5 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.5 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-41 14.8 Japan Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band 14.8.1 Facade Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 facade antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 3.95dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA4M3X3-1 14.8.1.1 Facade Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per facade antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.5 11.0 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 14-42 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-43 14.8.2 MIMO Patch Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 MIMO patch antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 5dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PTA3M3-036 14.8.2.1 MIMO Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per MIMO patch antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 9.0 9.0 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.5 10.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36,40)

(44,48)

(52,56)

(60,64)

(100,104)

(108,112)

(116,120)

(124,128) 14-44 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(132,136)

(149,153)

(157,161) 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-45 14.8.3 Dipole Model The following is the RFS4011 dipole antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 4.6 dBi:

Motorola Part Number ML-2452-HPA5-036 14.8.3.1 Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per dipole antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 10.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.0 10.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-46 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 14.8.4 High-Gain Antenna Model The following is the RFS4011 high-gain antenna model for 5 GHz, its peak gain is 6.3 - 10dBi:

RFS4011 Regulatory Domains 14-47 Motorola Part Number ML-2452-PNA7-01R 14.8.4.1 High-Gain Antenna Transmit Power Settings The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per high-gain antenna in the 5 GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 8.0 8.0 7.5 7.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 8.0 8.0 0.0 9.5 9.5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128) 14-48 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 132 134 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161 165

(132, 136)

(149, 153)

(157, 161) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) AP-6511 Regulatory Domains The AP-6511 model Access Point contains two internal (embedded) dual-band antennas supporting both the 802.11bgn (2.4 GHz) and 802.11an (5.0 GHz) bands. No customer assembly or antenna orientation is required. The AP-6511 radio can transmit on one or two antennas depending on the operating modes. The radio can receive on one or two antennas as well. The data rates supported are different in each case.

2.4 GHz Internal Antenna Peak Gain - 2dBi

5 GHz Internal Antenna Peak Gain - 4.5dBi 15.1 US Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 23 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 17 14 16 17 16 16 17 15 15-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 15.2 US Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (US domain) per antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 20 20 20 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 14 14 21 13 21 21 21 21 21 AP-6511 Regulatory Domains 15-3 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 21 21 15.3 EU Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 15.4 EU Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (EU domain) per antenna in the 5 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 AP-6511 Regulatory Domains 15-5 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 15.5 Japan Regulatory Domain 2.4 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per antenna in the 2.4 GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 15.6 Japan Regulatory Domain 5 GHz Band The following is a transmit power table (Japanese domain) per antenna in the 5 GHz band:

AP-6511 Regulatory Domains 15-7 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 15-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 165 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains This chapter describes standard and high power transmission capabilities for AP-621 and AP-6521 access points in both the 2.4 and 5GHz radio bands. The information is provided for both the US and EU regulatory domains. AP-621 and AP-6521 access points support 802.11a/b/g/n in both standard and high power SKUs. 16.1 AP-621 (Standard Power) US Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band The following are standard power transmit tables (US domain) per listed antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

16.1.1 Internal Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per Internal antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 20 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 22 22 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 11 13 16 16 16 16 16 Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 16-2 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.1.2 Dipole Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per Dipole antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 22 22 23 23 23 25 23 23 23 22 22 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 11 12 14 16 17 17 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Dipole antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 16.1.3 Panel Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per Panel antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-3 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 18 19 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 22 22 11 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 17 13 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 13 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 8 11 13 14 12 11 7 Not Allowed Not Allowed Panel antenna, peak gain = 5dBi 16-4 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.1.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per Patch antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 21 22 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 19 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 10 12 15 15 15 12 9 Not Allowed Not Allowed Patch antenna, peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-5 16.2 AP-621 (Standard Power) US Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band The following are standard power transmit tables (US domain) per listed antenna in the 5GHz band:

16.2.1 Internal Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per Internal Dipole antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 20 20 20 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 16-6 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 140 149 151 153 157 159 161

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 16 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed Internal Dipole antenna with peak gain = 6dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-7 16.2.2 External Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per External Dipole antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 20 20 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 16-8 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 153 157 159 161

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed External Dipole antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-9 16.2.3 External Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per External Panel antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149 151

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136)

(149, 153) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 20 22 17 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 20 20 17 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 16-10 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 153 157 159 161

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed External Panel antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-11 16.2.4 External Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (US domain) per External Patch antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 20 20 18 20 18 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 17 20 20 17 20 20 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-12 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed External Patch antenna with peak gain = 3dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-13 16.3 AP-6521 (High Power) US Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band The following are high power transmit tables (US domain) per listed antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

16.3.1 Internal Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per Internal antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 19 19 19 19 19 23 21 21 21 21 21 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 10 12 14 14 14 14 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 16-14 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.3.2 Dipole Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per Dipole antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 21 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 23 22 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 15 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 10 12 13 16 17 16 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Dipole antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 16.3.3 Panel Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per Panel antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-15 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 18 19 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 22 22 11 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 13 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 13 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 8 11 13 14 12 11 7 Not Allowed Not Allowed Panel antenna, peak gain = 4.5dBi 16-16 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.3.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per Patch antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 21 22 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 19 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 10 12 15 15 15 12 9 Not Allowed Not Allowed Patch antenna, peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-17 16.4 AP-6521 (High Power) US Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band The following are high power transmit tables (US domain) per listed antenna in the 5GHz band:

16.4.1 Internal Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per Internal antenna in the 5GHz band:

LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) 16-18 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Internal antenna with peak gain = 6dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-19 16.4.2 External Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per External Dipole antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 21 21 22 22 22 17 21 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 21 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 19 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 20 20 20 20 18 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 20 Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed 16-20 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 19 Not Allowed External Dipole antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-21 16.4.3 External Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per External Panel antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 20 20 17 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 20 20 17 20 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-22 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed External Panel antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-23 16.4.4 External Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (US domain) per External Patch antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 19 19 18 22 18 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 17 20 20 17 20 20 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Not Allowed 11 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 13 Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-24 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed External Patch antenna with peak gain = 3dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-25 16.5 AP-621 (Standard Power) EU Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band The following are standard power transmit tables (EU domain) per listed antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

16.5.1 Internal Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per Internal antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 16-26 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.5.2 Dipole Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per Dipole antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Dipole antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16.5.3 Panel Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per Panel antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-27 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Panel antenna, peak gain = 4.5dBi 16-28 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.5.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per Patch antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Patch antenna, peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-29 16.6 AP-621 (Standard Power) EU Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band The following are standard power transmit tables (EU domain) per listed antenna in the 5GHz band:

16.6.1 External Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per External Dipole antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 16-30 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Dipole antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-31 16.6.2 External Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per External Panel antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-32 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Panel antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-33 16.6.3 External Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per External Patch antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 17 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 17 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-34 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Patch antenna with peak gain = 3dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-35 16.6.4 Internal Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-621 standard transmit power table (EU domain) per Internal Patch antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed 16 Not Allowed Not Allowed 18 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 18 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed 20 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-36 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal Patch antenna with peak gain = 6dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-37 16.7 AP6521 (High Power) EU Regulatory Domain 2.4GHz Band The following are high power transmit tables (EU domain) per listed antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

16.7.1 Internal Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per Internal antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal antenna, peak gain = 3dBi 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-38 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.7.2 Dipole Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per Dipole antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Dipole antenna, peak gain = 5dBi 16.7.3 Panel Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per Panel antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-39 LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Panel antenna, peak gain = 4.5dBi 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-40 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 16.7.4 Patch Antenna Model The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per Patch antenna in the 2.4GHz band:

LEGACY DSSS LEGACY OFDM RATES

(1, 2, 5.5, 11 MBPS) RATES

(6,9,12,18,24,36, 48,54 MBPS) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 40 MHZ CHANNEL Not Allowed Not Allowed

(1, 5)

(2, 6)

(3, 7)

(4, 8)

(5, 9)

(6, 10)

(7, 11)

(8, 12)

(9, 13) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 20 MHZ CHANNEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS15) Not Allowed Not Allowed 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Patch antenna, peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-41 16.8 AP-6521 (High Power) EU Regulatory Domain 5GHz Band The following are high power transmit tables (EU domain) per listed antenna in the 5GHz band:

16.8.1 Internal Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per Internal antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 14 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 16-42 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 136 140 149 151 153 157 159 161

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 21 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 21 21 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Internal antenna with peak gain = 6dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-43 16.8.2 External Dipole Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per External Dipole antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-44 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Dipole antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-45 16.8.3 External Panel Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per External Panel antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 15 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-46 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Panel antenna with peak gain = 5dBi AP-621 and AP-6521 Regulatory Domains 16-47 16.8.4 External Patch Antenna Maximum Conducted Transmit Power Settings The following is an AP-6521 high transmit power table (EU domain) per External Patch antenna in the 5GHz band:

20 MHZ CHANNEL 40 MHZ CHANNEL 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 60 62 64 100 102 104 108 112 110 116 118 120 124 126 128 132 134 136 140 149

(36, 40)

(44, 48)

(52, 56)

(60, 64)

(100, 104)

(108, 112)

(116, 120)

(124, 128)

(132, 136) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 17 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 17 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed 22 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed 16-48 Enterprise WLAN Antenna Specification Guide 20 MHZ CHANNEL 151 153 157 159 161 40 MHZ CHANNEL

(149, 153)

(157, 161) LEGACY OFDM

(6,9,12,18,24,36,48,54 RATES MBPS) 802.11n HT20 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) 802.11n HT40 RATES

(MCS 0 MCS 15) Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed External Patch antenna with peak gain = 3dBi Technical Support Comprehensive on-line support is available at the Support Central site at http://supportcentral.motorola.com/. Support Central provides our customers with a wealth of information and online assistance including developer tools, software downloads, product manuals and online repair requests. When contacting the Support Center, please provide the following information:

serial number of unit

model number or product name

software type and version number. Web Support Sites Product Downloads http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/softwaredownloads.do Manuals http://supportcentral.motorola.com/support/product/manuals.do Additional Information Obtain additional information by contacting Motorola Solutions at:

1-800-722-6234, inside North America

+1-516-738-5200, in/outside North America http://www.motorolasolutions.com/

A-2 Enterprise Wireless LAN Antenna Specification Guide MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS INC. 1303 E. ALGONQUIN ROAD SCHAUMBURG, IL 60196 http://www.motorolasolutions.com 72E-162906-01 Revision A April 2012

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY REVISIONS REV DESCRIPTION 1.0 2.0 RFQ RFQ revised with high power option DATE AUTHOR 01/28/10 02/01/10 Vinh Le Vinh Le Orthus Radio functional specification Orthus Radio Integration Guide Mid Power APN RF functional specifications DOC. NO: 00-J948B0-FS04 Page 1 of 24 Signature Approval of Document For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 1 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Required Approvals Program Manager xxx Electrical, Mechanical & RF Engineering Platform Manager Morteza Zarrabian Product Manager xxx Optional Approvals System Engineering Vinh Le RF Engineering Nhan Nguyen Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 2 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.5.1 2.5.2 1 Functional summary .......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Overall radio summary ............................................................................................... 5 1.2 Radio PHY Supported feature highlights .............................................................. 5 2 Electrical .............................................................................................................................. 7 2.1 Antenna ports ............................................................................................................... 7 2.2 Temperature range ..................................................................................................... 7 2.3 Radio power supply ..................................................................................................... 7 2.3.1 Average power consumption .......................................................................... 7 2.4 RF channel bandwidth ................................................................................................ 7 2.5 Channel allocation and frequency operating range ........................................... 7 2.4 GHz band ....................................................................................................... 7 5.2 GHz band ....................................................................................................... 8 2.6 Transmitter operation ................................................................................................ 8 Spectrum mask .................................................................................................... 8 2.6.1 Spectral flatness ............................................................................................... 10 2.6.2 2.6.3 Transmit power range and accuracy .......................................................... 10 2.6.4 Transmit center frequency tolerance ........................................................ 10 2.6.5 RX Symbol clock frequency tolerance ....................................................... 10 2.6.6 Modulation accuracy (EVM), DSSS rates .................................................. 10 2.6.7 Modulation accuracy (EVM), OFDM rates ................................................ 11 2.6.8 Phase noise ........................................................................................................ 11 2.6.9 VCO turn around settling time ..................................................................... 11 2.6.10 Transmit emissions ......................................................................................... 12 2.6.11 Load stability ..................................................................................................... 13 2.6.12 Conducted transmit power ............................................................................ 14 2.7 Receiver operation .................................................................................................... 15 2.7.1 Receiver input sensitivities ........................................................................... 15 2.7.2 Adjacent channel rejection ............................................................................ 18 2.7.3 Non-adjacent channel rejection .................................................................. 18 2.7.4 Receiver maximum input signal level ......................................................... 19 2.7.5 Receive inter-modulation distortion .......................................................... 19 2.7.6 Receiver channel power indicator (RCPI) ................................................. 19 2.7.7 Data rates and modes supported ................................................................. 20 For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 3 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1-PHY supported features ........................................................................................ 6 Figure 2-Power supply specifications ................................................................................ 7 Figure 3-RSM current and power consumption ............................................................... 7 Figure 4-2.4 GHz channel ....................................................................................................... 8 Figure 5-5.2 GHz frequency operating range................................................................... 8 Figure 6-20MHz spectrum mask .......................................................................................... 9 Figure 7-40MHz spectrum mask .......................................................................................... 9 Figure 8-Symbol clock frequency tolerance ................................................................... 10 Figure 9- Transmit modulation accuracy (EVM) for DSSS rates ............................. 11 Figure 10-EVM specifications for OFDM 802.11 a/g rates ........................................ 11 Figure 11-Transmit modulation accuracy (EVM) for HT rates ................................. 11 Figure 12-Phase noise specification ................................................................................. 11 Figure 13-VCO frequency transient .................................................................................. 12 Figure 14-Transmit emission specifications ................................................................... 13 Figure 15-Transmit power specification, 3.3V mode .................................................. 14 Figure 16-Transmit power specification, 5.0V mode .................................................. 15 Figure 17-Typical receiver sensitivity for Orthus radio, 2400Mhz band .............. 16 Figure 18-Typical receiver sensitivity for Orthus radio, 5200Mhz band .............. 17 Figure 19-Adjacent Channel and non-adjacent channel rejection specification . 18 Figure 20-Supported data rates for 20MHz bandwidth ............................................... 21 Figure 21-Support data rates for 40MHz bandwidth .................................................... 22 For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 4 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 1 Functional summary 1.1 Overall radio summary The Orthus radio is a dual band radio which can be configured to work at 2.4GHz or at 5.2GHz. The Orthus radio is based on Atheros XB92 reference design that is a 2x2 MIMO supporting 1 and 2 spatial streams. There are only two antennas for the radio. The Orthus radio is based on XB92 base band chipset AR9280 from Atheros with the radio front end redesigned such that the radio will have better transmit power than the Atheros XB92 reference design. The radio has two operation modes: 3.3V and 5.0V. In the 5.0V mode, the radio is designed to transmit more power than the 3.3V in 2.4G band. More details are described later on in this document. The Orthus radio will be used in three different AP products: MCN, NCAP, and high power NCAP (HP-NCAP). The following section highlights a few modes of the radio:

Data rates supported in 802.11b modes are: 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 5.5Mbps, and 11Mbps. Data rates supported in 802.11g modes are: 6Mbps, 9Mbps, 12Mbps, 18Mbps, 24Mbps, 36MBps, 48Mbps, and 54Mbps. Data rates supported in 802.11n draft 2.0 modes: MCS0 through MCS15. Channel bandwidth: 20 MHz or 40 MHz. Frequency band: 2.4 GHz and 5.2 GHz. Short guard support for HT40. STBC support in single spatial stream mode. Configurable transmit power mode: medium and high power (3.3V or 5.0V) Typical RF transmit power per antenna, high power mode, 11Mbps: +28dBm, 2.4G. Typical RF transmit power per antenna, normal power mode, 11Mbps: +22dBm, 2.4G. Typical RF transmit power per antenna, normal power mode, 6Mbps: +21dBm, 5.2G. Interface: PCI-E. 1.2 Radio PHY Supported feature highlights HT PHY Layer Features/Functions 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth 40 MHz Channel Bandwidth Short preamble Short/Long guard for HT20 Short/Long guard for HT40 Legacy Frame Format Mixed Mode (High Throughput) Frame Format Green Field Frame Format 40 MHz Mode Convolutional Coding Low Density Parity Check Coding (LDPC) Open Loop Spatial Division Multiplexing (SDM) Closed Loop Transmit Beam forming (TxBF) Space Time Blocking Code (STBC) 800ns Guard Interval 400ns Guard Interval 1 Spatial Stream 2 Spatial Stream 3 Spatial Stream 4 Spatial Stream Supported Not supported X X Long guard Short guard X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 5 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Number of transmitters Number of receivers 2 2 Figure 1-PHY supported features For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 6 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2 Electrical 2.1 Antenna ports The radio will have two U.FL antenna connectors. The radio can transmit on one or two antennas depending on the operating modes. Furthermore, the radio can receive on one or two antennas as well. 2.2 Temperature range This radio will be characterized and will maintain RF electrical specifications as stated here when the radio is used in the MCN, NCAP or HP-NCAP. Please refer to the mechanical functional specification of the respective AP. 2.3 Radio power supply Description 5.0 V Supply voltage 3.3 V Supply voltage MIN 4.85 3.2 TYP 5.0 3.3 MAX 5.15 3.4 Unit Vdc Vdc Comments/Notes 5.0 V nominal, 3% variation 3.3V nominal, 3% variation Figure 2-Power supply specifications 2.3.1 Average power consumption The average power consumption is specified as below. In this configuration, the Orthus radio is set to transmit at maximum power at the given data rate. Item Radio mode Power consumption 1 2 3.3V 5.0V

(RMS) max 2.5W 8W Figure 3-RSM current and power consumption 2.4 RF channel bandwidth The RF signal bandwidth shall be configurable to 20MHz, or 40MHz at 2.4 GHz band and 5.2 GHz band. 2.5 Channel allocation and frequency operating range 2.5.1 2.4 GHz band The 2.4 GHz operating frequency ranges from 2.312 GHz to 2.472 GHz. In addition to that, 2.484 GHz can also be selected. Normally, channel center frequencies are tunable in 5 MHz steps and are define as follows:

Channel center frequency = 2407 + 5n (MHz) Where, n = 1,2,11 Common operating channels are:

For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 7 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Channel Center frequency (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2412 2417 2422 2427 2432 2437 2442 2447 2452 2457 2462 2467 2472 2484 Figure 4-2.4 GHz channel 2.5.2 5.2 GHz band The 5.2 GHz operating frequency ranges are as below. This radio will NOT support 4.9GHz band. The supported frequency range is listed as follows:

Frequency (GHz) Band UNII-1 5.15-5.25 GHz UNII-2 5.25-5.35 GHz UNII-3 5.470-5.725 GHz UNII-4 5.725-5.850 Europe Japan 5.15-5.25 GHz 5.25-5.35 GHz 5.47-5.725 GHz 5.15-5.25 GHz 5.25-5.35 GHz 5.470-5.725 GHz Figure 5-5.2 GHz frequency operating range The exact center channel frequency for operation can be determined by using the following formula:

Channel center frequency = 5000 + n*5 (MHz) Where n=0,1,,200 2.6 Transmitter operation 2.6.1 Spectrum mask For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 8 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY The Orthus radio shall be designed to meet IEEE recommendation for spectrum mask. For the 20MHz operation, the spectrum mask will conform the IEEE standard in 802.11n draft 2.0 as defined in 21.3.20.1. Please refer to the draft 2.0 for more details. Figure 6-20MHz spectrum mask When transmitting in a 20 MHz channel, the transmitted spectrum shall have a 0 dBr (dB relative to the maximum spectral density of the signal) bandwidth not exceeding 18 MHz, 20 dBr at 11 MHz frequency offset, 28 dBr at 20 MHz frequency offset and 45 dBr at 30 MHz frequency offset and above. The transmitted spectral density of the transmitted signal shall fall within the spectral mask, as shown in Figure n64 (Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission). The measurements shall be made using a 100 kHz resolution bandwidth and a 30 kHz video bandwidth. The mask for 40MHz RF signal is shown below:

Figure 7-40MHz spectrum mask For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 9 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2.6.2 Spectral flatness The transmit spectral flatness will conform the 802.11n draft as specified in section 20.3.20.2. In a 20 MHz channel and in corresponding 20 MHz transmission in a 40 MHz channel, the average energy of the constellations in each of the spectral lines 16 to 1 and +1 to +16 shall deviate no more than 2 dB from their average energy. The average energy of the constellations in each of the spectral lines 28 to 17 and +17 to +28 shall deviate no more than +2/4 dB from the average energy of spectral lines 16 to 1 and +1 to +16. In a 40 MHz transmission (excluding HT duplicate format and non-HT duplicate format) the average energy of the constellations in each of the spectral lines 42 to 2 and +2 to +42 shall deviate no more than 2 dB from their average energy. The average energy of the constellations in each of the spectral lines 43 to 58 and +43 to +58 shall deviate no more than +2/4 dB from the average energy of spectral lines 42 to 2 and +2 to +42. 2.6.3 Transmit power range and accuracy This radio will have an adjustable output power range from +4dBm to +28dBm in 0.5 dB step. Per Atheros radio calibration procedure as well as per base band chipset design, this radio shall be designed to maintain an average transmit power accuracy of +/-2dB per antenna. The method for determining the average transmitted power accuracy is calculated as follows:

When the ideal transmitted power is set by software, the output RF power of the radio is measured simultaneously by the MIMO Litepoint Iqnxn test set (or equivalent) for a given data rate on all channels, all frequency bands. The actual measured output power is subtracted from the ideal settings to obtain the errors for each level. The errors at each level are then averaged over all channels in the given band. This calculation shall be performed for each transmit chain. 2.6.4 Transmit center frequency tolerance The transmitter center frequency tolerance shall be 20 ppm maximum. 2.6.5 RX Symbol clock frequency tolerance This table below lists the minimum requirements for the radio by the IEEE standard. The actual radio shall be able to accommodate +/- 50ppm. Mode Of Operation IEEE Stability Requirements Radio spec (min) 802.11a 802.11b 802.11g

+/-20ppm frequency stability vs. temperature and aging.

+/-25ppm frequency stability vs. temperature and aging.

+/-25ppm frequency stability vs. temperature and aging.

+/- 40ppm

+/-50ppm

+/-50ppm Figure 8-Symbol clock frequency tolerance 2.6.6 Modulation accuracy (EVM), DSSS rates Modulation accuracy shall meet the minimum requirements by IEEE 802.11 draft 2.0. The following table lists the EVM requirements for direct sequence spread spectrum data rates which use 802.11b waveforms:

Data rate (Mbps) EVM (minimum) 1 35%

For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 10 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2 5.5 11 35%

35%

35%

Figure 9- Transmit modulation accuracy (EVM) for DSSS rates 2.6.7 Modulation accuracy (EVM), OFDM rates The following table lists the EVM requirements for OFDM data rates which use 802.11a, 802.11g, and 802.11n draft 2.0 waveforms:

Data rate(Mbps) Relative constellation error (dB) (minimum) 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54

-5

-8

-10

-13

-16

-19

-22

-25 Figure 10-EVM specifications for OFDM 802.11 a/g rates Modulation Code rate Relative constellation error (dB) (minimum) BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM

-5

-10

-13

-16

-19

-22

-25

-28 5/6 Figure 11-Transmit modulation accuracy (EVM) for HT rates 2.6.8 Phase noise Normally, the phase noise effect has already part of the transmit EVM specifications. However, the receiver local oscillator can still affect the receive signal quality. Item Integrated phase noise 1.5 Degree rms Max Unit Figure 12-Phase noise specification 2.6.9 VCO turn around settling time The VCO shape should be similar to the plot below or better for backward compatibility with older Motorola products. Specifically, during transient transition from transmit to receive, or from receive to transmit, the VCO frequency shall not change more than 20 KHz over 20us counting from the start of the turnaround packet. For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 11 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Figure 13-VCO frequency transient 2.6.10 Transmit emissions Description Item 206 Receive emissions 207 Receive emissions 301 Transmit signal spectrum 302 Band-edge spurious signals 302a Band-edge Spurious signals 307 Key click/spectral re-growth MIN MAX Unit dBm dBm dBc

-57

-47

-30

-50

-41 dBm Comments 30 MHz to 1 GHz 1 GHz to 12 GHz Relative to constant TX at Fc

11MHz For fc22MHz f fc11MHz and fc+11MHz f fc+22MHz. 1 MHz RBW, 1 KHz VBW, max hold, Transmitting 11 MB/sec packets at any channel 1 through 11: measure in 2300-2390 MHz, 2483.5-2500 MHz, 4/5-5.25 GHz, and 7.25-7.75 GHz. (FCC 15.205:

restricted bands). Antenna to have 0 dBi gain.

-30 dBm ETSI 10 dBr Measurements to be made using a 100 kHz resolution bandwidth and a 30 KHz video bandwidth. dBr means dB relative to the SINx/x peak. For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 12 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Figure 14-Transmit emission specifications 2.6.11 Load stability The transmitter will be unconditionally stable under infinite VSWR, and all phases. For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 13 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2.6.12 Conducted transmit power Due to the EVM and side-lobe requirements, the maximum transmit power will vary with data rates. The figures below shows typical transmit power for each transmitted chain for both 2.4GHz and 5.2GHz operation. The transmit power listed here are characterized based on EVM purpose only. The final AP transmit power depends on the result of regulatory test for each country. As mentioned in beginning of the document, the radio has two modes: 3.3V and 5.0V mode. The transmit power for 5.2G is the same in both modes whereas the transmit power for the 2.4G band is boosted. The two tables below lists the difference. The conducted transmit power is specified as the power measured at the Orthus radio connector and not at the antenna chassis of the AP. Average transmit power is a number typically seen when measured on an arbitrary radio. The conducted transmitted power is subject to vary as defined by transmit power variation specification in section 2.6.3 Orthus Radio transmit power 3.3V mode Modulation Code Rate Average transmit power Average transmit power Bandwidth 2.4G band 5.2G band Rates (Mbps) MCS 1 2 5.5 11 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 MCS0/MCS8 MCS1/MCS9 MCS2/MCS10 MCS3/MCS11 MCS4/MCS12 MCS5/MCS13 MCS6/MCS14 MCS7/MCS15 BPSK QPSK BPSK QPSK BPSK BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 2/3 2/3 5/6 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 21 20 19 22 22 22 22 21 20 19 18 Figure 15-Transmit power specification, 3.3V mode For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola NA NA NA NA 21 21 21 21 21 20 19 18 21 21 21 21 21 20 19 18 14 Orthus Radio transmit power 5.0V mode Rates (Mbps) 1 2 5.5 11 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Modulation Code Rate Average transmit power Average transmit power MCS MCS0/MCS8 MCS1/MCS9 MCS2/MCS10 MCS3/MCS11 MCS4/MCS12 MCS5/MCS13 MCS6/MCS14 MCS7/MCS15 BPSK QPSK BPSK QPSK BPSK BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 2/3 2/3 5/6 Bandwidth 2.4G band 5.2G band 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz 20MHz HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 HT20/40 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 27 26 25 24 28 27 27 26 26 25 24 23 NA NA NA NA 21 21 21 21 21 20 19 18 21 21 21 21 21 20 19 18 Figure 16-Transmit power specification, 5.0V mode 2.7 Receiver operation 2.7.1 Receiver input sensitivities The receiver sensitivity is independent of 3.3V mode or 5.0V mode. The two tables below show the desired performance for the radio. The sensitivity is a number averaged over all channels in a given band. A 2400 Mhz band B C Rates MCS indices Rate type D Typical radio receiver sensitivity

(dBm) 1 2 LEGACY

-94

-93 For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 15 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 5.5 11 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 MCS0 MCS1 MCS2 MCS3 MCS4 MCS5 MCS6 MCS7 MCS8 MCS9 MCS10 MCS11 MCS12 MCS13 MCS14 MCS15 MCS0 MCS1 MCS2 MCS3 MCS4 MCS5 MCS6 MCS7 MCS8 MCS9 MCS10 MCS11 MCS12 MCS13 MCS14 MCS15 HT20 HT40

-91

-90

-92

-92

-91

-89

-85

-83

-79

-77

-92

-89

-87

-84

-81

-77

-76

-74

-92

-88

-86

-83

-81

-76

-75

-73

-88

-86

-84

-82

-79

-74

-72

-71

-88

-85

-83

-81

-78

-73

-71

-70 Figure 17-Typical receiver sensitivity for Orthus radio, 2400Mhz band A 5200 Mhz band B C D Typical radio For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 16 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Rates 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 LEGACY HT20 MCS indices Rate type MCS0 MCS1 MCS2 MCS3 MCS4 MCS5 MCS6 MCS7 MCS8 MCS9 MCS10 MCS11 MCS12 MCS13 MCS14 MCS15 MCS0 MCS1 MCS2 MCS3 MCS4 MCS5 MCS6 MCS7 MCS8 MCS9 MCS10 MCS11 MCS12 MCS13 MCS14 MCS15 HT40 receiver sensitivity

(dBm)

-94

-94

-93

-91

-87

-84

-80

-79

-94

-92

-90

-86

-83

-79

-77

-75

-91

-88

-85

-83

-80

-75

-74

-72

-91

-88

-86

-83

-80

-75

-74

-73

-88

-85

-83

-80

-76

-72

-70

-68 Figure 18-Typical receiver sensitivity for Orthus radio, 5200Mhz band For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 17 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2.7.2 Adjacent channel rejection The adjacent channel rejection is measured by setting the desired signal's strength 3 dB above the rate-dependent sensitivity specified in the radio receiver minimum sensitivity, and raising the power of the interfering signal until 10% Packet Error Rate (PER) is caused for a PSDU length of 4096 bytes for 1000 packets. The power difference between the interfering and the desired channel is the corresponding adjacent channel rejection. The interfering signal in the adjacent channel shall be a conformant OFDM signal, unsynchronized with the signal in the channel under test. For more detail about the setup requirements, please read the 802.11n draft section 21.3.21.2 Waveform Data rate

(Mbps) Modulation Coding Non-adjacent rate Non-adjacent Adjacent channel rejection

(dB) per Adjacent channel rejection

(dB) per channel rejection

(dB) per channel rejection

(dB) per actual DSSS OFDM 1 2 5.5 11 BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 5/6 802.11 a/b/g/n actual 802.11 a/b/g/n hardware draft 2.0 standard 35 35 35 35 16 13 11 8 4 0

-1

-2 hardware Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement draft 2.0 standard 32 29 27 24 20 16 15 14 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Meet standard requirement Figure 19-Adjacent Channel and non-adjacent channel rejection specification 2.7.3 Non-adjacent channel rejection The setup is similar to adjacent channel rejection specification. Please refer to Figure 19-Adjacent Channel and non-

adjacent channel rejection specification For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 18 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2.7.4 Receiver maximum input signal level The receiver shall provide a maximum PER of 10% at an PSDU length of 1000 bytes for a maximum input level of 10 dBm measured at the antenna for any baseband modulation. 2.7.5 Receive inter-modulation distortion IEEE does not specify this value. However, the radio interception point will be measured, and calculated. The receiver interception point should reflect an acceptable performance for normal usage of the Orthus AP. 2.7.6 Receiver channel power indicator (RCPI) The receive channel power indicator also known as RSSI definition is described as follows. The RCPI indicator is a measure of the received RF power in the selected channel. This parameter shall be a measure by the PHY sublayer of the received RF power in the channel measured over the entire received frame. The received power shall be the average over all receive chains. RCPI shall be a monotonically increasing, logarithmic function of the received power level defined in dBm. The allowed values for the Received Channel Power Indicator (RCPI) parameter shall be an 8 bit value in the range from 0 through 220, with indicated values rounded to the nearest 0.5 dB as follows:

0: Power not > -110 dBm 1: Power = -109.5 dBm 2: Power = -109.0 dBm and so on up to 220: Power not < 0 dBm 221-254: reserved 255: Measurement not available where RCPI = int{(Power in dBm +110)*2} for 0 dbm > Power > -110 dBm (21-76) Accuracy for each measurement shall be +/- 5dB (95% confidence interval) within the specified dynamic range of the receiver. The measurement shall assume a receiver noise equivalent bandwidth equal to the channel bandwidth multiplied by 1.1. For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 19 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 2.7.7 Data rates and modes supported Besides the legacy rates for 11 a/g, the following rates are supported. Specifically, MCS0 through MCS15 are supported with both types of guard intervals (800ns, and 400ns). In combinations of 20MHz and 40MHz channel bandwidth, there are multiple data rates possible. The figures below summarizes the modes in high throughput modes. For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 20 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Figure 20-Supported data rates for 20MHz bandwidth For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 21 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY Figure 21-Support data rates for 40MHz bandwidth For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 22 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY For Internal Use Only - Do Not Duplicate Copyright (c) 2009 by Motorola 23 RF exposure 20 cm statement This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. In order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20cm during normal operation. Antenna Installation information Reference antennas have been used during the approval process for the radio card. Specific details of the reference antenna used for testing is detailed in the table below. Important Note:

Use of an antenna which is the same type (eg. Dipole) and has a gain equal to or less that the reference antenna can be used without recertification. Note: The Adapter cable must be considered as it is part of the system gain. Use of an alternative antenna, different type or same type but higher gain will invalidate the country approvals. Under this instant the system integrator is responsible for re-evaluating the end product and obtaining separate approvals. Part 15.21 user warning Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. Part 15.19 a 3 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Part 15.105 B This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiated radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

-Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

-Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

-Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.